1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 17 /* 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode 19 */ 20 # define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 21 22 # define CTRL_X_NORMAL 0 /* CTRL-N CTRL-P completion, default */ 23 # define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 24 # define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 25 # define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 26 # define CTRL_X_FILES 4 27 # define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 28 # define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 29 # define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 30 # define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 31 # define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 32 # define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 33 # define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 34 # define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 35 # define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 36 # define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 37 # define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ 38 # define CTRL_X_EVAL 16 /* for builtin function complete() */ 39 40 # define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] 41 # define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) ((m) == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || (m) == CTRL_X_EVAL) 42 43 /* Message for CTRL-X mode, index is ctrl_x_mode. */ 44 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = 45 { 46 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* CTRL_X_NORMAL, ^P/^N compl. */ 47 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), 48 NULL, /* CTRL_X_SCROLL: depends on state */ 49 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), 50 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), 51 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), 52 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), 53 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), 54 NULL, /* CTRL_X_FINISHED */ 55 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), 56 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), 57 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), 58 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), 59 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), 60 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), 61 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), 62 NULL, /* CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg. */ 63 }; 64 65 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); 66 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 67 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); 68 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); 69 # endif 70 71 /* 72 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. 73 */ 74 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; 75 struct compl_S 76 { 77 compl_T *cp_next; 78 compl_T *cp_prev; 79 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ 80 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ 81 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ 82 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when 83 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ 84 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ 85 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ 86 }; 87 88 # define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ 89 # define FREE_FNAME (2) 90 91 /* 92 * All the current matches are stored in a list. 93 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. 94 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. 95 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during 96 * ins_compl_get_exp(). 97 */ 98 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; 99 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; 100 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; 101 static compl_T *compl_old_match = NULL; 102 103 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, 104 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ 105 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 106 107 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string 108 * are used. */ 109 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; 110 111 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string 112 in compl_leader */ 113 114 static int compl_no_insert = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert 115 TRUE: noinsert */ 116 static int compl_no_select = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert 117 TRUE: noselect */ 118 119 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When 120 FALSE the match was edited or using 121 the longest common string. */ 122 123 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding 124 completions. */ 125 126 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ 127 128 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's 129 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ 130 static int compl_started = FALSE; 131 132 /* Which Ctrl-X mode are we in? */ 133 static int ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL; 134 135 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, 136 * which is not allowed. */ 137 static int compl_busy = FALSE; 138 139 static int compl_matches = 0; 140 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; 141 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; 142 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; 143 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ 144 static pos_T compl_startpos; 145 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts 146 * that is being completed */ 147 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before 148 * completion started */ 149 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; 150 static expand_T compl_xp; 151 152 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 153 154 static void ins_ctrl_x(void); 155 static int has_compl_option(int dict_opt); 156 static int ins_compl_accept_char(int c); 157 static int ins_compl_add(char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup); 158 static int ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len); 159 static void ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match); 160 static void ins_compl_add_matches(int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase); 161 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic(void); 162 static void ins_compl_upd_pum(void); 163 static void ins_compl_del_pum(void); 164 static int pum_wanted(void); 165 static int pum_enough_matches(void); 166 static void ins_compl_dictionaries(char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus); 167 static void ins_compl_files(int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir); 168 static char_u *find_line_end(char_u *ptr); 169 static void ins_compl_free(void); 170 static void ins_compl_clear(void); 171 static int ins_compl_bs(void); 172 static int ins_compl_need_restart(void); 173 static void ins_compl_new_leader(void); 174 static void ins_compl_addleader(int c); 175 static int ins_compl_len(void); 176 static void ins_compl_restart(void); 177 static void ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str); 178 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch(void); 179 static int ins_compl_prep(int c); 180 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg); 181 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag); 182 # if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 183 static void ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list); 184 static void ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict); 185 # endif 186 static int ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini); 187 static void ins_compl_delete(void); 188 static void ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func); 189 static int ins_compl_next(int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match, int in_compl_func); 190 static int ins_compl_key2dir(int c); 191 static int ins_compl_pum_key(int c); 192 static int ins_compl_key2count(int c); 193 static int ins_compl_use_match(int c); 194 static int ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum); 195 static void show_pum(int prev_w_wrow, int prev_w_leftcol); 196 static unsigned quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len); 197 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 198 199 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 200 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 201 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 202 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 203 204 static void ins_redraw(int ready); 205 static void ins_ctrl_v(void); 206 static void undisplay_dollar(void); 207 static void insert_special(int, int, int); 208 static void internal_format(int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c); 209 static void check_auto_format(int); 210 static void redo_literal(int c); 211 static void start_arrow(pos_T *end_insert_pos); 212 static void start_arrow_with_change(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change); 213 static void start_arrow_common(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change); 214 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 215 static void check_spell_redraw(void); 216 static void spell_back_to_badword(void); 217 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ 218 #endif 219 static void stop_insert(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove); 220 static int echeck_abbr(int); 221 static int replace_pop(void); 222 static void replace_join(int off); 223 static void replace_pop_ins(void); 224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 225 static void mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc); 226 #endif 227 static void replace_flush(void); 228 static void replace_do_bs(int limit_col); 229 static int del_char_after_col(int limit_col); 230 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 231 static int cindent_on(void); 232 #endif 233 static void ins_reg(void); 234 static void ins_ctrl_g(void); 235 static void ins_ctrl_hat(void); 236 static int ins_esc(long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove); 237 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 238 static void ins_ctrl_(void); 239 #endif 240 static int ins_start_select(int c); 241 static void ins_insert(int replaceState); 242 static void ins_ctrl_o(void); 243 static void ins_shift(int c, int lastc); 244 static void ins_del(void); 245 static int ins_bs(int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p); 246 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 247 static void ins_mouse(int c); 248 static void ins_mousescroll(int dir); 249 #endif 250 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 251 static void ins_tabline(int c); 252 #endif 253 static void ins_left(int end_change); 254 static void ins_home(int c); 255 static void ins_end(int c); 256 static void ins_s_left(void); 257 static void ins_right(int end_change); 258 static void ins_s_right(void); 259 static void ins_up(int startcol); 260 static void ins_pageup(void); 261 static void ins_down(int startcol); 262 static void ins_pagedown(void); 263 #ifdef FEAT_DND 264 static void ins_drop(void); 265 #endif 266 static int ins_tab(void); 267 static int ins_eol(int c); 268 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 269 static int ins_digraph(void); 270 #endif 271 static int ins_ctrl_ey(int tc); 272 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 273 static void ins_try_si(int c); 274 #endif 275 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol(void); 276 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 277 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre(int c); 278 #endif 279 280 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ 281 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ 282 static int update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ 283 284 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, 285 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ 286 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ 287 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ 288 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ 289 290 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 291 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ 292 #endif 293 294 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ 295 296 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 297 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ 298 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ 299 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ 300 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ 301 #endif 302 303 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a 304 char. Set when edit() is called. 305 after that arrow_used is used. */ 306 307 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space 308 under the cursor */ 309 static int dont_sync_undo = FALSE; /* CTRL-G U prevents syncing undo for 310 the next left/right cursor */ 311 312 /* 313 * edit(): Start inserting text. 314 * 315 * "cmdchar" can be: 316 * 'i' normal insert command 317 * 'a' normal append command 318 * K_PS bracketed paste 319 * 'R' replace command 320 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, 321 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. 322 * 'g' "gI" command. 323 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. 324 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. 325 * 326 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns 327 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. 328 * 329 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). 330 */ 331 int 332 edit( 333 int cmdchar, 334 int startln, /* if set, insert at start of line */ 335 long count) 336 { 337 int c = 0; 338 char_u *ptr; 339 int lastc = 0; 340 int mincol; 341 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; 342 int i; 343 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ 344 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 345 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ 346 #endif 347 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ 348 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 349 int old_topfill = -1; 350 #endif 351 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ 352 int replaceState = REPLACE; 353 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ 354 355 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ 356 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; 357 358 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an 359 * error message */ 360 check_for_delay(TRUE); 361 362 /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ 363 update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; 364 365 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 366 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ 367 if (sandbox != 0) 368 { 369 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 370 return FALSE; 371 } 372 #endif 373 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The 374 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ 375 if (textlock != 0) 376 { 377 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 378 return FALSE; 379 } 380 381 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 382 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ 383 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) 384 { 385 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 386 return FALSE; 387 } 388 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ 389 #endif 390 391 /* 392 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". 393 */ 394 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 395 { 396 pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; 397 398 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 399 if (cmdchar == 'R') 400 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; 401 else if (cmdchar == 'V') 402 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; 403 else 404 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; 405 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); 406 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 407 #endif 408 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 409 410 /* Make sure the cursor didn't move. Do call check_cursor_col() in 411 * case the text was modified. Since Insert mode was not started yet 412 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with 413 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the 414 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted). 415 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */ 416 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor) 417 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 418 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL 419 #endif 420 && save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 421 { 422 int save_state = State; 423 424 curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor; 425 State = INSERT; 426 check_cursor_col(); 427 State = save_state; 428 } 429 } 430 431 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 432 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If 433 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ 434 conceal_check_cursur_line(); 435 #endif 436 437 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 438 /* 439 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to 440 * where the paste started. 441 */ 442 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) 443 Insstart = where_paste_started; 444 else 445 #endif 446 { 447 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 448 if (startln) 449 Insstart.col = 0; 450 } 451 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 452 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; 453 if (!did_ai) 454 ai_col = 0; 455 456 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) 457 { 458 ResetRedobuff(); 459 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); 460 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 461 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 462 { 463 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ 464 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); 465 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); 466 } 467 else 468 #endif 469 { 470 if (cmdchar == K_PS) 471 AppendCharToRedobuff('a'); 472 else 473 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); 474 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ 475 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); 476 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ 477 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ 478 } 479 } 480 481 if (cmdchar == 'R') 482 { 483 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 484 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 485 { 486 beep_flush(); 487 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 488 State = INSERT; 489 } 490 else 491 #endif 492 State = REPLACE; 493 } 494 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 495 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 496 { 497 State = VREPLACE; 498 replaceState = VREPLACE; 499 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 500 vr_lines_changed = 1; 501 } 502 #endif 503 else 504 State = INSERT; 505 506 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; 507 508 /* 509 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is 510 * on a TAB or special character. 511 */ 512 curs_columns(TRUE); 513 514 /* 515 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. 516 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the 517 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated 518 * when hitting <Esc>. 519 */ 520 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 521 State |= LANGMAP; 522 #ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD 523 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); 524 #endif 525 526 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 527 setmouse(); 528 #endif 529 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 530 clear_showcmd(); 531 #endif 532 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 533 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ 534 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 535 if (revins_on) 536 undisplay_dollar(); 537 revins_chars = 0; 538 revins_legal = 0; 539 revins_scol = -1; 540 #endif 541 if (!p_ek) 542 /* Disable bracketed paste mode, we won't recognize the escape 543 * sequences. */ 544 out_str(T_BD); 545 546 /* 547 * Handle restarting Insert mode. 548 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): In that case we get 549 * here with something in the stuff buffer. 550 */ 551 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) 552 { 553 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 554 /* 555 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for 556 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. 557 */ 558 if (where_paste_started.lnum) 559 arrow_used = FALSE; 560 else 561 #endif 562 arrow_used = TRUE; 563 restart_edit = 0; 564 565 /* 566 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is 567 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not 568 * correct in very rare cases). 569 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual 570 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". 571 */ 572 validate_virtcol(); 573 update_curswant(); 574 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) 575 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) 576 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) 577 { 578 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 579 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 580 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 581 else if (has_mbyte) 582 { 583 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 584 if (ptr[i] == NUL) 585 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; 586 } 587 #endif 588 } 589 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 590 } 591 else 592 arrow_used = FALSE; 593 594 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ 595 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; 596 597 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ 598 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 599 600 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 601 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; 602 #endif 603 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 604 can_cindent = TRUE; 605 #endif 606 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 607 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or 608 * restarting. */ 609 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 610 foldOpenCursor(); 611 #endif 612 613 /* 614 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. 615 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before 616 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. 617 */ 618 i = 0; 619 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 620 i = showmode(); 621 622 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 623 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); 624 625 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 626 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 627 #endif 628 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 629 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 630 #endif 631 632 /* 633 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be 634 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. 635 */ 636 ptr = get_inserted(); 637 if (ptr == NULL) 638 new_insert_skip = 0; 639 else 640 { 641 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 642 vim_free(ptr); 643 } 644 645 old_indent = 0; 646 647 /* 648 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. 649 */ 650 for (;;) 651 { 652 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 653 if (!revins_legal) 654 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ 655 else 656 revins_legal = 0; 657 #endif 658 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ 659 count = 0; 660 661 if (update_Insstart_orig) 662 Insstart_orig = Insstart; 663 664 if (stop_insert_mode 665 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 666 && !pum_visible() 667 #endif 668 ) 669 { 670 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ 671 count = 0; 672 goto doESCkey; 673 } 674 675 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ 676 if (!arrow_used) 677 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 678 679 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a 680 * menu invoked a shell command). */ 681 if (stuff_empty()) 682 { 683 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 684 if (need_check_timestamps) 685 check_timestamps(FALSE); 686 } 687 688 /* 689 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. 690 */ 691 msg_scroll = FALSE; 692 693 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 694 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to 695 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an 696 * autocommand. */ 697 if (need_mouse_correct) 698 gui_mouse_correct(); 699 #endif 700 701 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 702 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ 703 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) 704 foldOpenCursor(); 705 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ 706 if (!char_avail()) 707 foldCheckClose(); 708 #endif 709 710 /* 711 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in 712 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra 713 * redraw. 714 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting 715 * something. 716 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has 717 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). 718 */ 719 if (curbuf->b_mod_set 720 && curwin->w_p_wrap 721 && !did_backspace 722 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline 723 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 724 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill 725 #endif 726 ) 727 { 728 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; 729 validate_cursor_col(); 730 731 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts 732 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) 733 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so 734 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline 735 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 736 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 737 #endif 738 )) 739 { 740 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 741 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) 742 --curwin->w_topfill; 743 else 744 #endif 745 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 746 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) 747 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); 748 else 749 #endif 750 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); 751 } 752 } 753 754 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ 755 update_topline(); 756 757 did_backspace = FALSE; 758 759 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ 760 761 /* 762 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. 763 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. 764 */ 765 ins_redraw(TRUE); 766 767 if (curwin->w_p_scb) 768 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); 769 770 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 771 do_check_cursorbind(); 772 update_curswant(); 773 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 774 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 775 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 776 #endif 777 778 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 779 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 780 #endif 781 782 /* 783 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE and K_NOP. 784 */ 785 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) 786 lastc = c; /* remember the previous char for CTRL-D */ 787 788 /* After using CTRL-G U the next cursor key will not break undo. */ 789 if (dont_sync_undo == MAYBE) 790 dont_sync_undo = TRUE; 791 else 792 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 793 if (cmdchar == K_PS) 794 /* Got here from normal mode when bracketed paste started. */ 795 c = K_PS; 796 else 797 do 798 { 799 c = safe_vgetc(); 800 } while (c == K_IGNORE || c == K_NOP); 801 802 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ 803 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 804 805 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 806 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 807 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 808 #endif 809 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 810 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 811 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 812 #endif 813 814 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 815 /* 816 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted 817 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is 818 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. 819 */ 820 if (compl_started 821 && pum_wanted() 822 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col 823 && (compl_shown_match == NULL 824 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) 825 { 826 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ 827 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) 828 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col 829 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) 830 continue; 831 832 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ 833 if (!compl_used_match) 834 { 835 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to 836 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and 837 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ 838 if (c == Ctrl_L 839 && (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 840 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) 841 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) 842 { 843 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); 844 continue; 845 } 846 847 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current 848 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ 849 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) 850 { 851 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 852 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 853 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 854 char_u *p; 855 856 if (str != NULL) 857 { 858 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 859 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); 860 vim_free(str); 861 } 862 else 863 #endif 864 ins_compl_addleader(c); 865 continue; 866 } 867 868 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When 869 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 870 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 871 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 872 && stop_arrow() == OK) 873 { 874 ins_compl_delete(); 875 ins_compl_insert(FALSE); 876 } 877 } 878 } 879 880 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but 881 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ 882 compl_get_longest = FALSE; 883 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) 884 continue; 885 #endif 886 887 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, 888 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', 889 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ 890 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) 891 { 892 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 893 ins_redraw(FALSE); 894 ++no_mapping; 895 ++allow_keys; 896 c = plain_vgetc(); 897 --no_mapping; 898 --allow_keys; 899 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) 900 { 901 /* it's something else */ 902 vungetc(c); 903 c = Ctrl_BSL; 904 } 905 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) 906 continue; 907 else 908 { 909 if (c == Ctrl_O) 910 { 911 ins_ctrl_o(); 912 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ 913 nomove = TRUE; 914 } 915 count = 0; 916 goto doESCkey; 917 } 918 } 919 920 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 921 c = do_digraph(c); 922 #endif 923 924 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 925 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 926 goto docomplete; 927 #endif 928 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) 929 { 930 ins_ctrl_v(); 931 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ 932 continue; 933 } 934 935 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 936 if (cindent_on() 937 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 938 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 939 # endif 940 ) 941 { 942 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be 943 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. 944 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be 945 * done before inserting the key. */ 946 line_is_white = inindent(0); 947 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) 948 goto force_cindent; 949 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) 950 && stop_arrow() == OK) 951 do_c_expr_indent(); 952 } 953 #endif 954 955 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 956 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 957 switch (c) 958 { 959 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; 960 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; 961 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; 962 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; 963 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; 964 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; 965 } 966 #endif 967 968 /* 969 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it 970 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these 971 * characters. 972 */ 973 if (ins_start_select(c)) 974 continue; 975 976 /* 977 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. 978 */ 979 switch (c) 980 { 981 case ESC: /* End input mode */ 982 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) 983 break; 984 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 985 986 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ 987 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 988 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 989 { 990 /* Close the cmdline window. */ 991 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; 992 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ 993 nomove = TRUE; 994 goto doESCkey; 995 } 996 #endif 997 998 #ifdef UNIX 999 do_intr: 1000 #endif 1001 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave 1002 * Insert mode */ 1003 if (goto_im()) 1004 { 1005 if (got_int) 1006 { 1007 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ 1008 got_int = FALSE; 1009 } 1010 else 1011 vim_beep(BO_IM); 1012 break; 1013 } 1014 doESCkey: 1015 /* 1016 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! 1017 */ 1018 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line 1019 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ 1020 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 1021 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1022 1023 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) 1024 { 1025 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 1026 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, 1027 FALSE, curbuf); 1028 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1029 return (c == Ctrl_O); 1030 } 1031 continue; 1032 1033 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ 1034 if (!p_im) 1035 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ 1036 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"stop"); 1037 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 1038 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may need to update cursor shape */ 1039 #endif 1040 continue; 1041 1042 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ 1043 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1044 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 1045 goto docomplete; 1046 #endif 1047 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) 1048 break; 1049 ins_ctrl_o(); 1050 1051 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 1052 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ 1053 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) 1054 { 1055 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 1056 nomove = TRUE; 1057 } 1058 #endif 1059 count = 0; 1060 goto doESCkey; 1061 1062 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ 1063 case K_KINS: 1064 ins_insert(replaceState); 1065 break; 1066 1067 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ 1068 break; 1069 1070 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ 1071 case K_F1: 1072 case K_XF1: 1073 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); 1074 if (p_im) 1075 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 1076 goto doESCkey; 1077 1078 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1079 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ 1080 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 1081 i = plain_vgetc(); 1082 --no_mapping; 1083 netbeans_keycommand(i); 1084 break; 1085 #endif 1086 1087 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ 1088 case NUL: 1089 case Ctrl_A: 1090 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an 1091 * error. */ 1092 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL 1093 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) 1094 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ 1095 inserted_space = FALSE; 1096 break; 1097 1098 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ 1099 ins_reg(); 1100 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1101 inserted_space = FALSE; 1102 break; 1103 1104 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ 1105 ins_ctrl_g(); 1106 break; 1107 1108 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ 1109 ins_ctrl_hat(); 1110 break; 1111 1112 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1113 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ 1114 if (!p_ari) 1115 goto normalchar; 1116 ins_ctrl_(); 1117 break; 1118 #endif 1119 1120 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ 1121 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1122 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 1123 goto docomplete; 1124 #endif 1125 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1126 1127 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ 1128 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1129 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 1130 { 1131 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) 1132 goto docomplete; 1133 break; 1134 } 1135 # endif 1136 ins_shift(c, lastc); 1137 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1138 inserted_space = FALSE; 1139 break; 1140 1141 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ 1142 case K_KDEL: 1143 ins_del(); 1144 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1145 break; 1146 1147 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ 1148 case Ctrl_H: 1149 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); 1150 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1151 break; 1152 1153 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ 1154 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); 1155 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1156 break; 1157 1158 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ 1159 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1160 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ 1161 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) 1162 goto docomplete; 1163 # endif 1164 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); 1165 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1166 inserted_space = FALSE; 1167 break; 1168 1169 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 1170 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ 1171 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: 1172 case K_LEFTDRAG: 1173 case K_LEFTRELEASE: 1174 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: 1175 case K_MOUSEMOVE: 1176 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: 1177 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: 1178 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: 1179 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: 1180 case K_RIGHTDRAG: 1181 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: 1182 case K_X1MOUSE: 1183 case K_X1DRAG: 1184 case K_X1RELEASE: 1185 case K_X2MOUSE: 1186 case K_X2DRAG: 1187 case K_X2RELEASE: 1188 ins_mouse(c); 1189 break; 1190 1191 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ 1192 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); 1193 break; 1194 1195 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ 1196 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); 1197 break; 1198 1199 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ 1200 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); 1201 break; 1202 1203 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ 1204 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); 1205 break; 1206 #endif 1207 case K_PS: 1208 bracketed_paste(PASTE_INSERT, FALSE, NULL); 1209 if (cmdchar == K_PS) 1210 /* invoked from normal mode, bail out */ 1211 goto doESCkey; 1212 break; 1213 case K_PE: 1214 /* Got K_PE without K_PS, ignore. */ 1215 break; 1216 1217 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 1218 case K_TABLINE: 1219 case K_TABMENU: 1220 ins_tabline(c); 1221 break; 1222 #endif 1223 1224 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ 1225 break; 1226 1227 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ 1228 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1229 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 1230 break; 1231 1232 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 1233 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was 1234 * cancelled. */ 1235 case K_F4: 1236 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) 1237 goto normalchar; 1238 break; 1239 #endif 1240 1241 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1242 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: 1243 ins_scroll(); 1244 break; 1245 1246 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: 1247 ins_horscroll(); 1248 break; 1249 #endif 1250 1251 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ 1252 case K_KHOME: 1253 case K_S_HOME: 1254 case K_C_HOME: 1255 ins_home(c); 1256 break; 1257 1258 case K_END: /* <End> */ 1259 case K_KEND: 1260 case K_S_END: 1261 case K_C_END: 1262 ins_end(c); 1263 break; 1264 1265 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ 1266 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1267 ins_s_left(); 1268 else 1269 ins_left(dont_sync_undo == FALSE); 1270 break; 1271 1272 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ 1273 case K_C_LEFT: 1274 ins_s_left(); 1275 break; 1276 1277 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ 1278 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1279 ins_s_right(); 1280 else 1281 ins_right(dont_sync_undo == FALSE); 1282 break; 1283 1284 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ 1285 case K_C_RIGHT: 1286 ins_s_right(); 1287 break; 1288 1289 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ 1290 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1291 if (pum_visible()) 1292 goto docomplete; 1293 #endif 1294 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1295 ins_pageup(); 1296 else 1297 ins_up(FALSE); 1298 break; 1299 1300 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ 1301 case K_PAGEUP: 1302 case K_KPAGEUP: 1303 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1304 if (pum_visible()) 1305 goto docomplete; 1306 #endif 1307 ins_pageup(); 1308 break; 1309 1310 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ 1311 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1312 if (pum_visible()) 1313 goto docomplete; 1314 #endif 1315 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1316 ins_pagedown(); 1317 else 1318 ins_down(FALSE); 1319 break; 1320 1321 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ 1322 case K_PAGEDOWN: 1323 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 1324 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1325 if (pum_visible()) 1326 goto docomplete; 1327 #endif 1328 ins_pagedown(); 1329 break; 1330 1331 #ifdef FEAT_DND 1332 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ 1333 ins_drop(); 1334 break; 1335 #endif 1336 1337 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ 1338 c = TAB; 1339 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1340 1341 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ 1342 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1343 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 1344 goto docomplete; 1345 #endif 1346 inserted_space = FALSE; 1347 if (ins_tab()) 1348 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ 1349 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1350 break; 1351 1352 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ 1353 c = CAR; 1354 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1355 case CAR: 1356 case NL: 1357 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 1358 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the 1359 * cursor. */ 1360 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) 1361 { 1362 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ 1363 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); 1364 else /* location list window */ 1365 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); 1366 break; 1367 } 1368 #endif 1369 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1370 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 1371 { 1372 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ 1373 cmdwin_result = CAR; 1374 goto doESCkey; 1375 } 1376 #endif 1377 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) 1378 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ 1379 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); 1380 inserted_space = FALSE; 1381 break; 1382 1383 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) 1384 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ 1385 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1386 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) 1387 { 1388 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) 1389 goto docomplete; 1390 break; 1391 } 1392 # endif 1393 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 1394 c = ins_digraph(); 1395 if (c == NUL) 1396 break; 1397 # endif 1398 goto normalchar; 1399 #endif 1400 1401 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1402 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ 1403 ins_ctrl_x(); 1404 break; 1405 1406 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ 1407 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) 1408 goto normalchar; 1409 goto docomplete; 1410 1411 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ 1412 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) 1413 goto normalchar; 1414 goto docomplete; 1415 1416 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ 1417 case Ctrl_S: 1418 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) 1419 goto normalchar; 1420 goto docomplete; 1421 #endif 1422 1423 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ 1424 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1425 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1426 #endif 1427 { 1428 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ 1429 if (p_im) 1430 { 1431 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) 1432 break; 1433 goto doESCkey; 1434 } 1435 goto normalchar; 1436 } 1437 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1438 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1439 1440 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ 1441 case Ctrl_N: 1442 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, 1443 * but it is under other ^X modes */ 1444 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL 1445 && (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL 1446 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1447 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) 1448 goto normalchar; 1449 1450 docomplete: 1451 compl_busy = TRUE; 1452 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1453 disable_fold_update++; /* don't redraw folds here */ 1454 #endif 1455 if (ins_complete(c, TRUE) == FAIL) 1456 compl_cont_status = 0; 1457 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1458 disable_fold_update--; 1459 #endif 1460 compl_busy = FALSE; 1461 break; 1462 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 1463 1464 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ 1465 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ 1466 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); 1467 break; 1468 1469 default: 1470 #ifdef UNIX 1471 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ 1472 goto do_intr; 1473 #endif 1474 1475 normalchar: 1476 /* 1477 * Insert a normal character. 1478 */ 1479 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1480 if (!p_paste) 1481 { 1482 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 1483 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 1484 char_u *p; 1485 1486 if (str != NULL) 1487 { 1488 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) 1489 { 1490 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ 1491 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 1492 { 1493 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 1494 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) 1495 ins_eol(c); 1496 else 1497 ins_char(c); 1498 } 1499 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); 1500 } 1501 vim_free(str); 1502 c = NUL; 1503 } 1504 1505 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string 1506 * then don't insert any character. */ 1507 if (c == NUL) 1508 break; 1509 } 1510 #endif 1511 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 1512 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ 1513 ins_try_si(c); 1514 #endif 1515 1516 if (c == ' ') 1517 { 1518 inserted_space = TRUE; 1519 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1520 if (inindent(0)) 1521 can_cindent = FALSE; 1522 #endif 1523 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL 1524 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 1525 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 1526 } 1527 1528 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a 1529 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without 1530 * inserting it. */ 1531 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( 1532 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1533 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is 1534 * what check_abbr() expects. */ 1535 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : 1536 #endif 1537 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) 1538 { 1539 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); 1540 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1541 revins_legal++; 1542 revins_chars++; 1543 #endif 1544 } 1545 1546 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1547 1548 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1549 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a 1550 * closed fold. */ 1551 foldOpenCursor(); 1552 #endif 1553 break; 1554 } /* end of switch (c) */ 1555 1556 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ 1557 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD 1558 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1559 /* but not in CTRL-X mode, a script can't restore the state */ 1560 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL 1561 #endif 1562 ) 1563 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1564 1565 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ 1566 if (arrow_used) 1567 inserted_space = FALSE; 1568 1569 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1570 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() 1571 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1572 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL 1573 # endif 1574 ) 1575 { 1576 force_cindent: 1577 /* 1578 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 1579 */ 1580 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) 1581 { 1582 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 1583 /* re-indent the current line */ 1584 do_c_expr_indent(); 1585 } 1586 } 1587 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 1588 1589 } /* for (;;) */ 1590 /* NOTREACHED */ 1591 } 1592 1593 /* 1594 * Redraw for Insert mode. 1595 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' 1596 * option work correctly. 1597 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up 1598 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). 1599 */ 1600 static void 1601 ins_redraw( 1602 int ready UNUSED) /* not busy with something */ 1603 { 1604 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1605 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; 1606 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; 1607 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; 1608 #endif 1609 1610 if (char_avail()) 1611 return; 1612 1613 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1614 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is 1615 * visible, the command might delete it. */ 1616 if (ready && (has_cursormovedI() 1617 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1618 || curwin->w_p_cole > 0 1619 # endif 1620 ) 1621 && !EQUAL_POS(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) 1622 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1623 && !pum_visible() 1624 # endif 1625 ) 1626 { 1627 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1628 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax 1629 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting 1630 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done 1631 * again below, unfortunately. */ 1632 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) 1633 update_screen(0); 1634 # endif 1635 if (has_cursormovedI()) 1636 { 1637 /* Make sure curswant is correct, an autocommand may call 1638 * getcurpos(). */ 1639 update_curswant(); 1640 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1641 } 1642 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1643 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) 1644 { 1645 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; 1646 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1647 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; 1648 } 1649 # endif 1650 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; 1651 } 1652 #endif 1653 1654 /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */ 1655 if (ready && has_textchangedI() 1656 && curbuf->b_last_changedtick != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf) 1657 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1658 && !pum_visible() 1659 #endif 1660 ) 1661 { 1662 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1663 curbuf->b_last_changedtick = CHANGEDTICK(curbuf); 1664 } 1665 1666 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1667 /* Trigger TextChangedP if b_changedtick differs. When the popupmenu closes 1668 * TextChangedI will need to trigger for backwards compatibility, thus use 1669 * different b_last_changedtick* variables. */ 1670 if (ready && has_textchangedP() 1671 && curbuf->b_last_changedtick_pum != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf) 1672 && pum_visible()) 1673 { 1674 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDP, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1675 curbuf->b_last_changedtick_pum = CHANGEDTICK(curbuf); 1676 } 1677 #endif 1678 1679 if (must_redraw) 1680 update_screen(0); 1681 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 1682 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ 1683 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1684 if ((conceal_update_lines 1685 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line 1686 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) 1687 || need_cursor_line_redraw) 1688 { 1689 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) 1690 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); 1691 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 1692 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); 1693 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; 1694 } 1695 # endif 1696 showruler(FALSE); 1697 setcursor(); 1698 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ 1699 } 1700 1701 /* 1702 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. 1703 */ 1704 static void 1705 ins_ctrl_v(void) 1706 { 1707 int c; 1708 int did_putchar = FALSE; 1709 1710 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 1711 ins_redraw(FALSE); 1712 1713 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 1714 { 1715 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); 1716 did_putchar = TRUE; 1717 } 1718 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 1719 1720 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1721 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); 1722 #endif 1723 1724 c = get_literal(); 1725 if (did_putchar) 1726 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next 1727 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ 1728 edit_unputchar(); 1729 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1730 clear_showcmd(); 1731 #endif 1732 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); 1733 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1734 revins_chars++; 1735 revins_legal++; 1736 #endif 1737 } 1738 1739 /* 1740 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. 1741 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. 1742 */ 1743 static int pc_status; 1744 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ 1745 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ 1746 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ 1747 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ 1748 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ 1749 static int pc_attr; 1750 static int pc_row; 1751 static int pc_col; 1752 1753 void 1754 edit_putchar(int c, int highlight) 1755 { 1756 int attr; 1757 1758 if (ScreenLines != NULL) 1759 { 1760 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ 1761 validate_cursor(); 1762 if (highlight) 1763 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 1764 else 1765 attr = 0; 1766 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; 1767 pc_col = curwin->w_wincol; 1768 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1769 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 1770 #endif 1771 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1772 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 1773 { 1774 pc_col += curwin->w_width - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; 1775 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1776 if (has_mbyte) 1777 { 1778 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); 1779 1780 if (fix_col != pc_col) 1781 { 1782 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); 1783 --curwin->w_wcol; 1784 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; 1785 } 1786 } 1787 # endif 1788 } 1789 else 1790 #endif 1791 { 1792 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; 1793 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1794 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) 1795 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; 1796 #endif 1797 } 1798 1799 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ 1800 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1801 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) 1802 #endif 1803 { 1804 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); 1805 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; 1806 } 1807 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); 1808 } 1809 } 1810 1811 /* 1812 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). 1813 */ 1814 void 1815 edit_unputchar(void) 1816 { 1817 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) 1818 { 1819 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1820 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) 1821 ++curwin->w_wcol; 1822 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) 1823 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1824 else 1825 #endif 1826 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); 1827 } 1828 } 1829 1830 /* 1831 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text 1832 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. 1833 */ 1834 void 1835 display_dollar(colnr_T col) 1836 { 1837 colnr_T save_col; 1838 1839 if (!redrawing()) 1840 return; 1841 1842 cursor_off(); 1843 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1844 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 1845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1846 if (has_mbyte) 1847 { 1848 char_u *p; 1849 1850 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ 1851 p = ml_get_curline(); 1852 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); 1853 } 1854 #endif 1855 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ 1856 if (curwin->w_wcol < curwin->w_width) 1857 { 1858 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); 1859 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 1860 } 1861 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 1862 } 1863 1864 /* 1865 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position 1866 * in insert mode. 1867 */ 1868 static void 1869 undisplay_dollar(void) 1870 { 1871 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 1872 { 1873 dollar_vcol = -1; 1874 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1875 } 1876 } 1877 1878 /* 1879 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). 1880 * Keep the cursor on the same character. 1881 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) 1882 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) 1883 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" 1884 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). 1885 */ 1886 void 1887 change_indent( 1888 int type, 1889 int amount, 1890 int round, 1891 int replaced, /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ 1892 int call_changed_bytes) /* call changed_bytes() */ 1893 { 1894 int vcol; 1895 int last_vcol; 1896 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ 1897 int new_cursor_col; 1898 int i; 1899 char_u *ptr; 1900 int save_p_list; 1901 int start_col; 1902 colnr_T vc; 1903 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1904 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ 1905 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 1906 1907 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ 1908 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1909 { 1910 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ 1911 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1912 } 1913 #endif 1914 1915 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ 1916 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; 1917 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 1918 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 1919 vcol = vc; 1920 1921 /* 1922 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only 1923 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of 1924 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. 1925 */ 1926 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1927 1928 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ 1929 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1930 beginline(BL_WHITE); 1931 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1932 1933 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1934 1935 /* 1936 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the 1937 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. 1938 */ 1939 if (new_cursor_col < 0) 1940 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1941 1942 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ 1943 start_col = -1; 1944 1945 /* 1946 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. 1947 */ 1948 if (type == INDENT_SET) 1949 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); 1950 else 1951 { 1952 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1953 int save_State = State; 1954 1955 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ 1956 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1957 State = INSERT; 1958 #endif 1959 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); 1960 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1961 State = save_State; 1962 #endif 1963 } 1964 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1965 1966 /* 1967 * Try to put cursor on same character. 1968 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, 1969 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first 1970 * non-blank character. 1971 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. 1972 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative 1973 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. 1974 */ 1975 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) 1976 { 1977 /* 1978 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset 1979 * Insstart_col to 0. 1980 */ 1981 if (new_cursor_col == 0) 1982 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1983 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; 1984 } 1985 else if (!(State & INSERT)) 1986 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1987 else 1988 { 1989 /* 1990 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. 1991 */ 1992 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1993 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); 1994 1995 /* 1996 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. 1997 */ 1998 vcol = last_vcol = 0; 1999 new_cursor_col = -1; 2000 ptr = ml_get_curline(); 2001 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 2002 { 2003 last_vcol = vcol; 2004 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2005 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) 2006 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); 2007 else 2008 #endif 2009 ++new_cursor_col; 2010 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); 2011 } 2012 vcol = last_vcol; 2013 2014 /* 2015 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on 2016 * the right screen column. 2017 */ 2018 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 2019 { 2020 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 2021 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; 2022 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); 2023 if (ptr != NULL) 2024 { 2025 new_cursor_col += i; 2026 ptr[i] = NUL; 2027 while (--i >= 0) 2028 ptr[i] = ' '; 2029 ins_str(ptr); 2030 vim_free(ptr); 2031 } 2032 } 2033 2034 /* 2035 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset 2036 * Insstart_col to 0. 2037 */ 2038 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 2039 } 2040 2041 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; 2042 2043 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) 2044 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 2045 else 2046 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 2047 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 2048 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 2049 2050 /* 2051 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. 2052 */ 2053 if (State & INSERT) 2054 { 2055 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) 2056 { 2057 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) 2058 Insstart.col = 0; 2059 else 2060 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; 2061 } 2062 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) 2063 ai_col = 0; 2064 else 2065 ai_col -= insstart_less; 2066 } 2067 2068 /* 2069 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. 2070 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a 2071 * few characters from the replace stack. 2072 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a 2073 * few NULs onto the replace stack. 2074 */ 2075 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) 2076 { 2077 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) 2078 { 2079 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2080 --start_col; 2081 } 2082 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) 2083 { 2084 replace_push(NUL); 2085 if (replaced) 2086 { 2087 replace_push(replaced); 2088 replaced = NUL; 2089 } 2090 ++start_col; 2091 } 2092 } 2093 2094 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 2095 /* 2096 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case 2097 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then 2098 * put it back again the way we wanted it. 2099 */ 2100 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 2101 { 2102 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, 2103 * even if you can't backspace. */ 2104 if (orig_line == NULL) 2105 return; 2106 2107 /* Save new line */ 2108 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 2109 if (new_line == NULL) 2110 return; 2111 2112 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ 2113 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; 2114 2115 /* Put back original line */ 2116 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 2117 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 2118 2119 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ 2120 backspace_until_column(0); 2121 2122 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ 2123 ins_bytes(new_line); 2124 2125 vim_free(new_line); 2126 } 2127 #endif 2128 } 2129 2130 /* 2131 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an 2132 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE 2133 * modes. 2134 */ 2135 void 2136 truncate_spaces(char_u *line) 2137 { 2138 int i; 2139 2140 /* find start of trailing white space */ 2141 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(line[i]); i--) 2142 { 2143 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2144 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2145 } 2146 line[i + 1] = NUL; 2147 } 2148 2149 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ 2150 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) 2151 /* 2152 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE 2153 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. 2154 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing 2155 * character. 2156 */ 2157 void 2158 backspace_until_column(int col) 2159 { 2160 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 2161 { 2162 curwin->w_cursor.col--; 2163 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2164 replace_do_bs(col); 2165 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) 2166 break; 2167 } 2168 } 2169 #endif 2170 2171 /* 2172 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". 2173 * Only matters when there are composing characters. 2174 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. 2175 */ 2176 static int 2177 del_char_after_col(int limit_col UNUSED) 2178 { 2179 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2180 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) 2181 { 2182 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; 2183 2184 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but 2185 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a 2186 * composing character. */ 2187 mb_adjust_cursor(); 2188 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) 2189 { 2190 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); 2191 2192 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ 2193 break; 2194 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 2195 } 2196 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) 2197 return FALSE; 2198 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); 2199 } 2200 else 2201 #endif 2202 (void)del_char(FALSE); 2203 return TRUE; 2204 } 2205 2206 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) 2207 /* 2208 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. 2209 */ 2210 static void 2211 ins_ctrl_x(void) 2212 { 2213 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X 2214 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ 2215 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 2216 { 2217 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset 2218 * compl_cont_status */ 2219 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) 2220 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; 2221 else 2222 compl_cont_status = 0; 2223 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ 2224 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2225 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 2226 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 2227 showmode(); 2228 } 2229 } 2230 2231 /* 2232 * Whether other than default completion has been selected. 2233 */ 2234 int 2235 ctrl_x_mode_not_default(void) 2236 { 2237 return ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL; 2238 } 2239 2240 /* 2241 * Whether CTRL-X was typed without a following character. 2242 */ 2243 int 2244 ctrl_x_mode_not_defined_yet(void) 2245 { 2246 return ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2247 } 2248 2249 /* 2250 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. 2251 */ 2252 static int 2253 has_compl_option(int dict_opt) 2254 { 2255 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL 2256 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2257 && !curwin->w_p_spell 2258 # endif 2259 ) 2260 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) 2261 { 2262 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL; 2263 edit_submode = NULL; 2264 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") 2265 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), 2266 HL_ATTR(HLF_E)); 2267 if (emsg_silent == 0) 2268 { 2269 vim_beep(BO_COMPL); 2270 setcursor(); 2271 out_flush(); 2272 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2273 if (!get_vim_var_nr(VV_TESTING)) 2274 #endif 2275 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); 2276 } 2277 return FALSE; 2278 } 2279 return TRUE; 2280 } 2281 2282 /* 2283 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? 2284 * This depends on the current mode. 2285 */ 2286 int 2287 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(int c) 2288 { 2289 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ 2290 if (c == Ctrl_R) 2291 return TRUE; 2292 2293 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ 2294 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 2295 return TRUE; 2296 2297 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2298 { 2299 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ 2300 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); 2301 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: 2302 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E 2303 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB 2304 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P 2305 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V 2306 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O 2307 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); 2308 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: 2309 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); 2310 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2311 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2312 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2313 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2314 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 2315 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2316 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 2317 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2318 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 2319 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2320 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 2321 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 2322 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2323 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 2324 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2325 #endif 2326 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2327 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N 2328 || c == Ctrl_X); 2329 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 2330 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 2331 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2332 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2333 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2334 #endif 2335 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 2336 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2337 case CTRL_X_EVAL: 2338 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2339 } 2340 internal_error("vim_is_ctrl_x_key()"); 2341 return FALSE; 2342 } 2343 2344 /* 2345 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being 2346 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu 2347 * is visible. 2348 */ 2349 static int 2350 ins_compl_accept_char(int c) 2351 { 2352 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 2353 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ 2354 return vim_isIDc(c); 2355 2356 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2357 { 2358 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2359 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not 2360 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in 2361 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ 2362 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); 2363 2364 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2365 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2366 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any 2367 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ 2368 return vim_isprintc(c) && !VIM_ISWHITE(c); 2369 2370 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2371 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ 2372 return vim_isprintc(c); 2373 } 2374 return vim_iswordc(c); 2375 } 2376 2377 /* 2378 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the 2379 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed 2380 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted 2381 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb 2382 */ 2383 int 2384 ins_compl_add_infercase( 2385 char_u *str, 2386 int len, 2387 int icase, 2388 char_u *fname, 2389 int dir, 2390 int flags) 2391 { 2392 char_u *p; 2393 int i, c; 2394 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ 2395 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ 2396 int min_len; 2397 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ 2398 int has_lower = FALSE; 2399 int was_letter = FALSE; 2400 2401 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) 2402 { 2403 /* Infer case of completed part. */ 2404 2405 /* Find actual length of completion. */ 2406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2407 if (has_mbyte) 2408 { 2409 p = str; 2410 actual_len = 0; 2411 while (*p != NUL) 2412 { 2413 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 2414 ++actual_len; 2415 } 2416 } 2417 else 2418 #endif 2419 actual_len = len; 2420 2421 /* Find actual length of original text. */ 2422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2423 if (has_mbyte) 2424 { 2425 p = compl_orig_text; 2426 actual_compl_length = 0; 2427 while (*p != NUL) 2428 { 2429 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 2430 ++actual_compl_length; 2431 } 2432 } 2433 else 2434 #endif 2435 actual_compl_length = compl_length; 2436 2437 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using 2438 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ 2439 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length 2440 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; 2441 2442 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ 2443 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); 2444 if (wca != NULL) 2445 { 2446 p = str; 2447 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) 2448 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2449 if (has_mbyte) 2450 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2451 else 2452 #endif 2453 wca[i] = *(p++); 2454 2455 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ 2456 p = compl_orig_text; 2457 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2458 { 2459 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2460 if (has_mbyte) 2461 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2462 else 2463 #endif 2464 c = *(p++); 2465 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2466 { 2467 has_lower = TRUE; 2468 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) 2469 { 2470 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ 2471 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2472 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2473 break; 2474 } 2475 } 2476 } 2477 2478 /* 2479 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to 2480 * upper case. 2481 */ 2482 if (!has_lower) 2483 { 2484 p = compl_orig_text; 2485 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2486 { 2487 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2488 if (has_mbyte) 2489 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2490 else 2491 #endif 2492 c = *(p++); 2493 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) 2494 { 2495 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ 2496 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2497 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2498 break; 2499 } 2500 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); 2501 } 2502 } 2503 2504 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ 2505 p = compl_orig_text; 2506 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2507 { 2508 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2509 if (has_mbyte) 2510 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2511 else 2512 #endif 2513 c = *(p++); 2514 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2515 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2516 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) 2517 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2518 } 2519 2520 /* 2521 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. 2522 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than 2523 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay 2524 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. 2525 */ 2526 p = IObuff; 2527 i = 0; 2528 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) 2529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2530 if (has_mbyte) 2531 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); 2532 else 2533 #endif 2534 *(p++) = wca[i++]; 2535 *p = NUL; 2536 2537 vim_free(wca); 2538 } 2539 2540 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, 2541 flags, FALSE); 2542 } 2543 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); 2544 } 2545 2546 /* 2547 * Add a match to the list of matches. 2548 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 2549 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 2550 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 2551 */ 2552 static int 2553 ins_compl_add( 2554 char_u *str, 2555 int len, 2556 int icase, 2557 char_u *fname, 2558 char_u **cptext, /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ 2559 int cdir, 2560 int flags, 2561 int adup) /* accept duplicate match */ 2562 { 2563 compl_T *match; 2564 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); 2565 2566 ui_breakcheck(); 2567 if (got_int) 2568 return FAIL; 2569 if (len < 0) 2570 len = (int)STRLEN(str); 2571 2572 /* 2573 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. 2574 */ 2575 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) 2576 { 2577 match = compl_first_match; 2578 do 2579 { 2580 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2581 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 2582 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) 2583 return NOTDONE; 2584 match = match->cp_next; 2585 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); 2586 } 2587 2588 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ 2589 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2590 2591 /* 2592 * Allocate a new match structure. 2593 * Copy the values to the new match structure. 2594 */ 2595 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); 2596 if (match == NULL) 2597 return FAIL; 2598 match->cp_number = -1; 2599 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2600 match->cp_number = 0; 2601 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) 2602 { 2603 vim_free(match); 2604 return FAIL; 2605 } 2606 match->cp_icase = icase; 2607 2608 /* match-fname is: 2609 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. 2610 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. 2611 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ 2612 if (fname != NULL 2613 && compl_curr_match != NULL 2614 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL 2615 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) 2616 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; 2617 else if (fname != NULL) 2618 { 2619 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); 2620 flags |= FREE_FNAME; 2621 } 2622 else 2623 match->cp_fname = NULL; 2624 match->cp_flags = flags; 2625 2626 if (cptext != NULL) 2627 { 2628 int i; 2629 2630 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 2631 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) 2632 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); 2633 } 2634 2635 /* 2636 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. 2637 */ 2638 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 2639 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; 2640 else if (dir == FORWARD) 2641 { 2642 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 2643 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; 2644 } 2645 else /* BACKWARD */ 2646 { 2647 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; 2648 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; 2649 } 2650 if (match->cp_next) 2651 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; 2652 if (match->cp_prev) 2653 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; 2654 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ 2655 compl_first_match = match; 2656 compl_curr_match = match; 2657 2658 /* 2659 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. 2660 */ 2661 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 2662 ins_compl_longest_match(match); 2663 2664 return OK; 2665 } 2666 2667 /* 2668 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering 2669 * match->cp_icase. 2670 */ 2671 static int 2672 ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len) 2673 { 2674 if (match->cp_icase) 2675 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2676 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2677 } 2678 2679 /* 2680 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". 2681 */ 2682 static void 2683 ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match) 2684 { 2685 char_u *p, *s; 2686 int c1, c2; 2687 int had_match; 2688 2689 if (compl_leader == NULL) 2690 { 2691 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ 2692 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); 2693 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2694 { 2695 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2696 ins_compl_delete(); 2697 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2698 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2699 2700 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2701 * again after redrawing. */ 2702 if (!had_match) 2703 ins_compl_delete(); 2704 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2705 } 2706 } 2707 else 2708 { 2709 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ 2710 p = compl_leader; 2711 s = match->cp_str; 2712 while (*p != NUL) 2713 { 2714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2715 if (has_mbyte) 2716 { 2717 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); 2718 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); 2719 } 2720 else 2721 #endif 2722 { 2723 c1 = *p; 2724 c2 = *s; 2725 } 2726 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) 2727 : (c1 != c2)) 2728 break; 2729 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2730 if (has_mbyte) 2731 { 2732 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 2733 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 2734 } 2735 else 2736 #endif 2737 { 2738 ++p; 2739 ++s; 2740 } 2741 } 2742 2743 if (*p != NUL) 2744 { 2745 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ 2746 *p = NUL; 2747 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2748 ins_compl_delete(); 2749 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2750 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2751 2752 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2753 * again after redrawing. */ 2754 if (!had_match) 2755 ins_compl_delete(); 2756 } 2757 2758 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2759 } 2760 } 2761 2762 /* 2763 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. 2764 * Frees matches[]. 2765 */ 2766 static void 2767 ins_compl_add_matches( 2768 int num_matches, 2769 char_u **matches, 2770 int icase) 2771 { 2772 int i; 2773 int add_r = OK; 2774 int dir = compl_direction; 2775 2776 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) 2777 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, 2778 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) 2779 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 2780 dir = FORWARD; 2781 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 2782 } 2783 2784 /* Make the completion list cyclic. 2785 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). 2786 */ 2787 static int 2788 ins_compl_make_cyclic(void) 2789 { 2790 compl_T *match; 2791 int count = 0; 2792 2793 if (compl_first_match != NULL) 2794 { 2795 /* 2796 * Find the end of the list. 2797 */ 2798 match = compl_first_match; 2799 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ 2800 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 2801 { 2802 match = match->cp_next; 2803 ++count; 2804 } 2805 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; 2806 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; 2807 } 2808 return count; 2809 } 2810 2811 /* 2812 * Set variables that store noselect and noinsert behavior from the 2813 * 'completeopt' value. 2814 */ 2815 void 2816 completeopt_was_set(void) 2817 { 2818 compl_no_insert = FALSE; 2819 compl_no_select = FALSE; 2820 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noselect") != NULL) 2821 compl_no_select = TRUE; 2822 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noinsert") != NULL) 2823 compl_no_insert = TRUE; 2824 } 2825 2826 /* 2827 * Start completion for the complete() function. 2828 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). 2829 * "list" is the list of matches. 2830 */ 2831 void 2832 set_completion(colnr_T startcol, list_T *list) 2833 { 2834 int save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 2835 int save_w_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol; 2836 2837 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ 2838 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL) 2839 ins_compl_prep(' '); 2840 ins_compl_clear(); 2841 ins_compl_free(); 2842 2843 compl_direction = FORWARD; 2844 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) 2845 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2846 compl_col = startcol; 2847 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; 2848 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ 2849 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); 2850 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 2851 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 2852 return; 2853 2854 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL; 2855 2856 ins_compl_add_list(list); 2857 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 2858 compl_started = TRUE; 2859 compl_used_match = TRUE; 2860 compl_cont_status = 0; 2861 2862 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 2863 if (compl_no_insert || compl_no_select) 2864 { 2865 ins_complete(K_DOWN, FALSE); 2866 if (compl_no_select) 2867 /* Down/Up has no real effect. */ 2868 ins_complete(K_UP, FALSE); 2869 } 2870 else 2871 ins_complete(Ctrl_N, FALSE); 2872 compl_enter_selects = compl_no_insert; 2873 2874 /* Lazily show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 2875 if (!compl_interrupted) 2876 show_pum(save_w_wrow, save_w_leftcol); 2877 out_flush(); 2878 } 2879 2880 2881 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the 2882 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ 2883 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; 2884 static int compl_match_arraysize; 2885 2886 /* 2887 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. 2888 */ 2889 static void 2890 ins_compl_upd_pum(void) 2891 { 2892 int h; 2893 2894 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2895 { 2896 h = curwin->w_cline_height; 2897 update_screen(0); 2898 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) 2899 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2900 } 2901 } 2902 2903 /* 2904 * Remove any popup menu. 2905 */ 2906 static void 2907 ins_compl_del_pum(void) 2908 { 2909 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2910 { 2911 pum_undisplay(); 2912 VIM_CLEAR(compl_match_array); 2913 } 2914 } 2915 2916 /* 2917 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. 2918 */ 2919 static int 2920 pum_wanted(void) 2921 { 2922 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ 2923 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) 2924 return FALSE; 2925 2926 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ 2927 if (t_colors < 8 2928 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 2929 && !gui.in_use 2930 #endif 2931 ) 2932 return FALSE; 2933 return TRUE; 2934 } 2935 2936 /* 2937 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. 2938 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". 2939 */ 2940 static int 2941 pum_enough_matches(void) 2942 { 2943 compl_T *compl; 2944 int i; 2945 2946 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only 2947 * one (ignoring the original text). */ 2948 compl = compl_first_match; 2949 i = 0; 2950 do 2951 { 2952 if (compl == NULL 2953 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) 2954 break; 2955 compl = compl->cp_next; 2956 } while (compl != compl_first_match); 2957 2958 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) 2959 return (i >= 1); 2960 return (i >= 2); 2961 } 2962 2963 /* 2964 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. 2965 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. 2966 */ 2967 void 2968 ins_compl_show_pum(void) 2969 { 2970 compl_T *compl; 2971 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; 2972 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; 2973 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; 2974 int i; 2975 int cur = -1; 2976 colnr_T col; 2977 int lead_len = 0; 2978 2979 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) 2980 return; 2981 2982 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 2983 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ 2984 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); 2985 #endif 2986 2987 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ 2988 update_screen(0); 2989 2990 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 2991 { 2992 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ 2993 compl_match_arraysize = 0; 2994 compl = compl_first_match; 2995 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2996 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); 2997 do 2998 { 2999 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 3000 && (compl_leader == NULL 3001 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 3002 ++compl_match_arraysize; 3003 compl = compl->cp_next; 3004 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 3005 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) 3006 return; 3007 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( 3008 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) 3009 * compl_match_arraysize)); 3010 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 3011 { 3012 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first 3013 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ 3014 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3015 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3016 3017 i = 0; 3018 compl = compl_first_match; 3019 do 3020 { 3021 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 3022 && (compl_leader == NULL 3023 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 3024 { 3025 if (!shown_match_ok) 3026 { 3027 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) 3028 { 3029 /* This item is the shown match or this is the 3030 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ 3031 compl_shown_match = compl; 3032 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 3033 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3034 } 3035 else 3036 /* Remember this displayed match for when the 3037 * shown match is just below it. */ 3038 shown_compl = compl; 3039 cur = i; 3040 } 3041 3042 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) 3043 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = 3044 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; 3045 else 3046 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; 3047 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; 3048 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; 3049 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) 3050 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = 3051 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; 3052 else 3053 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; 3054 } 3055 3056 if (compl == compl_shown_match) 3057 { 3058 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 3059 3060 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set 3061 * compl_shown_match. */ 3062 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3063 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3064 3065 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) 3066 { 3067 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the 3068 * previously displayed match. */ 3069 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; 3070 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3071 } 3072 } 3073 compl = compl->cp_next; 3074 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 3075 3076 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ 3077 cur = -1; 3078 } 3079 } 3080 else 3081 { 3082 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ 3083 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) 3084 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str 3085 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text 3086 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) 3087 { 3088 cur = i; 3089 break; 3090 } 3091 } 3092 3093 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 3094 { 3095 /* In Replace mode when a $ is displayed at the end of the line only 3096 * part of the screen would be updated. We do need to redraw here. */ 3097 dollar_vcol = -1; 3098 3099 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. 3100 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ 3101 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3102 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; 3103 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); 3104 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 3105 } 3106 } 3107 3108 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ 3109 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ 3110 3111 /* 3112 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary 3113 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. 3114 */ 3115 static void 3116 ins_compl_dictionaries( 3117 char_u *dict_start, 3118 char_u *pat, 3119 int flags, /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ 3120 int thesaurus) /* Thesaurus completion */ 3121 { 3122 char_u *dict = dict_start; 3123 char_u *ptr; 3124 char_u *buf; 3125 regmatch_T regmatch; 3126 char_u **files; 3127 int count; 3128 int save_p_scs; 3129 int dir = compl_direction; 3130 3131 if (*dict == NUL) 3132 { 3133 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3134 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use 3135 * "spell". */ 3136 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) 3137 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; 3138 else 3139 #endif 3140 return; 3141 } 3142 3143 buf = alloc(LSIZE); 3144 if (buf == NULL) 3145 return; 3146 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ 3147 3148 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ 3149 save_p_scs = p_scs; 3150 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) 3151 p_scs = FALSE; 3152 3153 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern 3154 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the 3155 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ 3156 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 3157 { 3158 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); 3159 size_t len; 3160 3161 if (pat_esc == NULL) 3162 goto theend; 3163 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; 3164 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); 3165 if (ptr == NULL) 3166 { 3167 vim_free(pat_esc); 3168 goto theend; 3169 } 3170 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); 3171 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); 3172 vim_free(pat_esc); 3173 vim_free(ptr); 3174 } 3175 else 3176 { 3177 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); 3178 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 3179 goto theend; 3180 } 3181 3182 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ 3183 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); 3184 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) 3185 { 3186 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ 3187 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) 3188 { 3189 count = 1; 3190 files = &dict; 3191 } 3192 else 3193 { 3194 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow 3195 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in 3196 * a modeline). */ 3197 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); 3198 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3199 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) 3200 count = -1; 3201 else 3202 # endif 3203 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL 3204 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, 3205 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) 3206 count = 0; 3207 } 3208 3209 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3210 if (count == -1) 3211 { 3212 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we 3213 * don't use it as a RE. */ 3214 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') 3215 ptr = pat + 2; 3216 else 3217 ptr = pat; 3218 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); 3219 } 3220 else 3221 # endif 3222 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ 3223 { 3224 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, 3225 ®match, buf, &dir); 3226 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3227 FreeWild(count, files); 3228 } 3229 if (flags != 0) 3230 break; 3231 } 3232 3233 theend: 3234 p_scs = save_p_scs; 3235 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3236 vim_free(buf); 3237 } 3238 3239 static void 3240 ins_compl_files( 3241 int count, 3242 char_u **files, 3243 int thesaurus, 3244 int flags, 3245 regmatch_T *regmatch, 3246 char_u *buf, 3247 int *dir) 3248 { 3249 char_u *ptr; 3250 int i; 3251 FILE *fp; 3252 int add_r; 3253 3254 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) 3255 { 3256 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ 3257 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3258 { 3259 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 3260 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); 3261 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R)); 3262 } 3263 3264 if (fp != NULL) 3265 { 3266 /* 3267 * Read dictionary file line by line. 3268 * Check each line for a match. 3269 */ 3270 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted 3271 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) 3272 { 3273 ptr = buf; 3274 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) 3275 { 3276 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; 3277 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 3278 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); 3279 else 3280 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3281 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], 3282 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), 3283 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3284 if (thesaurus) 3285 { 3286 char_u *wstart; 3287 3288 /* 3289 * Add the other matches on the line 3290 */ 3291 ptr = buf; 3292 while (!got_int) 3293 { 3294 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white 3295 * space and punctuation. */ 3296 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); 3297 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) 3298 break; 3299 wstart = ptr; 3300 3301 /* Find end of the word. */ 3302 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3303 if (has_mbyte) 3304 /* Japanese words may have characters in 3305 * different classes, only separate words 3306 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ 3307 while (*ptr != NUL) 3308 { 3309 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3310 3311 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3312 break; 3313 ptr += l; 3314 } 3315 else 3316 #endif 3317 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3318 3319 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ 3320 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) 3321 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, 3322 (int)(ptr - wstart), 3323 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3324 } 3325 } 3326 if (add_r == OK) 3327 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3328 *dir = FORWARD; 3329 else if (add_r == FAIL) 3330 break; 3331 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end 3332 * of line */ 3333 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) 3334 break; 3335 } 3336 line_breakcheck(); 3337 ins_compl_check_keys(50, FALSE); 3338 } 3339 fclose(fp); 3340 } 3341 } 3342 } 3343 3344 /* 3345 * Find the start of the next word. 3346 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. 3347 */ 3348 char_u * 3349 find_word_start(char_u *ptr) 3350 { 3351 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3352 if (has_mbyte) 3353 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) 3354 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3355 else 3356 #endif 3357 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3358 ++ptr; 3359 return ptr; 3360 } 3361 3362 /* 3363 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. 3364 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. 3365 */ 3366 char_u * 3367 find_word_end(char_u *ptr) 3368 { 3369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3370 int start_class; 3371 3372 if (has_mbyte) 3373 { 3374 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); 3375 if (start_class > 1) 3376 while (*ptr != NUL) 3377 { 3378 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3379 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) 3380 break; 3381 } 3382 } 3383 else 3384 #endif 3385 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3386 ++ptr; 3387 return ptr; 3388 } 3389 3390 /* 3391 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. 3392 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. 3393 */ 3394 static char_u * 3395 find_line_end(char_u *ptr) 3396 { 3397 char_u *s; 3398 3399 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); 3400 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) 3401 --s; 3402 return s; 3403 } 3404 3405 /* 3406 * Free the list of completions 3407 */ 3408 static void 3409 ins_compl_free(void) 3410 { 3411 compl_T *match; 3412 int i; 3413 3414 VIM_CLEAR(compl_pattern); 3415 VIM_CLEAR(compl_leader); 3416 3417 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 3418 return; 3419 3420 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3421 pum_clear(); 3422 3423 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 3424 do 3425 { 3426 match = compl_curr_match; 3427 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 3428 vim_free(match->cp_str); 3429 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ 3430 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) 3431 vim_free(match->cp_fname); 3432 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 3433 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); 3434 vim_free(match); 3435 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); 3436 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; 3437 compl_shown_match = NULL; 3438 compl_old_match = NULL; 3439 } 3440 3441 static void 3442 ins_compl_clear(void) 3443 { 3444 compl_cont_status = 0; 3445 compl_started = FALSE; 3446 compl_matches = 0; 3447 VIM_CLEAR(compl_pattern); 3448 VIM_CLEAR(compl_leader); 3449 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3450 VIM_CLEAR(compl_orig_text); 3451 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3452 /* clear v:completed_item */ 3453 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 3454 } 3455 3456 /* 3457 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. 3458 */ 3459 int 3460 ins_compl_active(void) 3461 { 3462 return compl_started; 3463 } 3464 3465 /* 3466 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches 3467 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. 3468 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char 3469 * to be got from the user. 3470 */ 3471 static int 3472 ins_compl_bs(void) 3473 { 3474 char_u *line; 3475 char_u *p; 3476 3477 line = ml_get_curline(); 3478 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; 3479 MB_PTR_BACK(line, p); 3480 3481 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion 3482 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. 3483 * Respect the 'backspace' option. */ 3484 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 3485 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 3486 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL 3487 || (!can_bs(BS_START) && (int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col 3488 - compl_length < 0)) 3489 return K_BS; 3490 3491 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish 3492 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ 3493 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length 3494 || ins_compl_need_restart()) 3495 ins_compl_restart(); 3496 3497 vim_free(compl_leader); 3498 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); 3499 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3500 { 3501 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3502 if (compl_shown_match != NULL) 3503 /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */ 3504 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 3505 return NUL; 3506 } 3507 return K_BS; 3508 } 3509 3510 /* 3511 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to 3512 * be called. 3513 */ 3514 static int 3515 ins_compl_need_restart(void) 3516 { 3517 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the 3518 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ 3519 return compl_was_interrupted 3520 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 3521 && compl_opt_refresh_always); 3522 } 3523 3524 /* 3525 * Called after changing "compl_leader". 3526 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. 3527 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. 3528 */ 3529 static void 3530 ins_compl_new_leader(void) 3531 { 3532 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3533 ins_compl_delete(); 3534 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3535 compl_used_match = FALSE; 3536 3537 if (compl_started) 3538 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); 3539 else 3540 { 3541 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3542 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ 3543 #endif 3544 /* 3545 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display 3546 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to 3547 * avoid that the first match is inserted. 3548 */ 3549 update_screen(0); 3550 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3551 if (gui.in_use) 3552 { 3553 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 3554 setcursor(); 3555 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 3556 } 3557 #endif 3558 compl_restarting = TRUE; 3559 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N, TRUE) == FAIL) 3560 compl_cont_status = 0; 3561 compl_restarting = FALSE; 3562 } 3563 3564 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; 3565 3566 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ 3567 ins_compl_show_pum(); 3568 3569 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ 3570 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 3571 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3572 } 3573 3574 /* 3575 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to 3576 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. 3577 */ 3578 static int 3579 ins_compl_len(void) 3580 { 3581 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3582 3583 if (off < 0) 3584 return 0; 3585 return off; 3586 } 3587 3588 /* 3589 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3590 * matches. 3591 */ 3592 static void 3593 ins_compl_addleader(int c) 3594 { 3595 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3596 int cc; 3597 #endif 3598 3599 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 3600 return; 3601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3602 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 3603 { 3604 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 3605 3606 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 3607 buf[cc] = NUL; 3608 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 3609 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3610 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 3611 } 3612 else 3613 #endif 3614 { 3615 ins_char(c); 3616 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3617 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 3618 } 3619 3620 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ 3621 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) 3622 ins_compl_restart(); 3623 3624 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, 3625 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would 3626 * break redo. */ 3627 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) 3628 { 3629 vim_free(compl_leader); 3630 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, 3631 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); 3632 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3633 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3634 } 3635 } 3636 3637 /* 3638 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when 3639 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. 3640 */ 3641 static void 3642 ins_compl_restart(void) 3643 { 3644 ins_compl_free(); 3645 compl_started = FALSE; 3646 compl_matches = 0; 3647 compl_cont_status = 0; 3648 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3649 } 3650 3651 /* 3652 * Set the first match, the original text. 3653 */ 3654 static void 3655 ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str) 3656 { 3657 char_u *p; 3658 3659 /* Replace the original text entry. */ 3660 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ 3661 { 3662 p = vim_strsave(str); 3663 if (p != NULL) 3664 { 3665 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); 3666 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; 3667 } 3668 } 3669 } 3670 3671 /* 3672 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3673 * matches. 3674 */ 3675 static void 3676 ins_compl_addfrommatch(void) 3677 { 3678 char_u *p; 3679 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3680 int c; 3681 compl_T *cp; 3682 3683 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; 3684 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ 3685 { 3686 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches 3687 * the leader. */ 3688 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3689 { 3690 p = NULL; 3691 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL 3692 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) 3693 { 3694 if (compl_leader == NULL 3695 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, 3696 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 3697 { 3698 p = cp->cp_str; 3699 break; 3700 } 3701 } 3702 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) 3703 return; 3704 } 3705 else 3706 return; 3707 } 3708 p += len; 3709 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 3710 ins_compl_addleader(c); 3711 } 3712 3713 /* 3714 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. 3715 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. 3716 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; 3717 */ 3718 static int 3719 ins_compl_prep(int c) 3720 { 3721 char_u *ptr; 3722 int want_cindent; 3723 int retval = FALSE; 3724 3725 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually 3726 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. 3727 */ 3728 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3729 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3730 3731 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ 3732 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP 3733 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) 3734 return retval; 3735 3736 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ 3737 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 3738 || (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL && !compl_started)) 3739 { 3740 compl_get_longest = (strstr((char *)p_cot, "longest") != NULL); 3741 compl_used_match = TRUE; 3742 3743 } 3744 3745 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) 3746 { 3747 /* 3748 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode 3749 * it will be yet. Now we decide. 3750 */ 3751 switch (c) 3752 { 3753 case Ctrl_E: 3754 case Ctrl_Y: 3755 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; 3756 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 3757 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3758 else 3759 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3760 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 3761 showmode(); 3762 break; 3763 case Ctrl_L: 3764 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 3765 break; 3766 case Ctrl_F: 3767 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; 3768 break; 3769 case Ctrl_K: 3770 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3771 break; 3772 case Ctrl_R: 3773 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ 3774 break; 3775 case Ctrl_T: 3776 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3777 break; 3778 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3779 case Ctrl_U: 3780 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; 3781 break; 3782 case Ctrl_O: 3783 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; 3784 break; 3785 #endif 3786 case 's': 3787 case Ctrl_S: 3788 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; 3789 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3790 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ 3791 spell_back_to_badword(); 3792 --emsg_off; 3793 #endif 3794 break; 3795 case Ctrl_RSB: 3796 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3797 break; 3798 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3799 case Ctrl_I: 3800 case K_S_TAB: 3801 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3802 break; 3803 case Ctrl_D: 3804 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3805 break; 3806 #endif 3807 case Ctrl_V: 3808 case Ctrl_Q: 3809 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; 3810 break; 3811 case Ctrl_P: 3812 case Ctrl_N: 3813 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we 3814 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel 3815 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) 3816 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say 3817 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) 3818 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag 3819 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ 3820 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) 3821 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; 3822 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3823 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; 3824 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3825 default: 3826 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set 3827 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X 3828 * mode). 3829 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible 3830 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same 3831 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). 3832 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 3833 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. 3834 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING 3835 * mode -- Acevedo */ 3836 if (c == Ctrl_X) 3837 { 3838 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3839 compl_cont_status = 0; 3840 else 3841 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 3842 } 3843 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL; 3844 edit_submode = NULL; 3845 showmode(); 3846 break; 3847 } 3848 } 3849 else if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL) 3850 { 3851 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ 3852 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3853 { 3854 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 3855 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL; 3856 else 3857 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; 3858 edit_submode = NULL; 3859 } 3860 showmode(); 3861 } 3862 3863 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3864 { 3865 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably 3866 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to 3867 * showing what mode we are in. */ 3868 showmode(); 3869 if ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P 3870 && c != Ctrl_R && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 3871 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3872 { 3873 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and 3874 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up 3875 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ 3876 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) 3877 { 3878 /* 3879 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when 3880 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo 3881 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part 3882 * of the original text that has changed. 3883 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used 3884 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. 3885 */ 3886 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) 3887 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; 3888 else 3889 ptr = NULL; 3890 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); 3891 } 3892 3893 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3894 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); 3895 #endif 3896 /* 3897 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. 3898 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. 3899 */ 3900 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3901 { 3902 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3903 /* re-indent the current line */ 3904 if (want_cindent) 3905 { 3906 do_c_expr_indent(); 3907 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ 3908 } 3909 #endif 3910 } 3911 else 3912 { 3913 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3914 3915 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ 3916 if (prev_col > 0) 3917 dec_cursor(); 3918 /* only format when something was inserted */ 3919 if (!arrow_used && !ins_need_undo && c != Ctrl_E) 3920 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); 3921 if (prev_col > 0 3922 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) 3923 inc_cursor(); 3924 } 3925 3926 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting 3927 * the selection without inserting anything. When 3928 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 3929 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 3930 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 3931 && pum_visible()) 3932 retval = TRUE; 3933 3934 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. 3935 * but only do this, if the Popup is still visible */ 3936 if (c == Ctrl_E) 3937 { 3938 ins_compl_delete(); 3939 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3940 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3941 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) 3942 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 3943 retval = TRUE; 3944 } 3945 3946 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 3947 3948 ins_compl_free(); 3949 compl_started = FALSE; 3950 compl_matches = 0; 3951 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 3952 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 3953 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL; 3954 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3955 if (edit_submode != NULL) 3956 { 3957 edit_submode = NULL; 3958 showmode(); 3959 } 3960 3961 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3962 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 3963 /* Avoid the popup menu remains displayed when leaving the 3964 * command line window. */ 3965 update_screen(0); 3966 #endif 3967 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3968 /* 3969 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 3970 */ 3971 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) 3972 do_c_expr_indent(); 3973 #endif 3974 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3975 * upon the completion. */ 3976 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3977 } 3978 } 3979 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG) 3980 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3981 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */ 3982 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3983 3984 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be 3985 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ 3986 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3987 { 3988 compl_cont_status = 0; 3989 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3990 } 3991 3992 return retval; 3993 } 3994 3995 /* 3996 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed 3997 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. 3998 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. 3999 */ 4000 static void 4001 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg) 4002 { 4003 int len; 4004 char_u *p; 4005 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; 4006 4007 if (ptr == NULL) 4008 { 4009 if (compl_leader != NULL) 4010 ptr = compl_leader; 4011 else 4012 return; /* nothing to do */ 4013 } 4014 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) 4015 { 4016 p = compl_orig_text; 4017 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) 4018 ; 4019 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4020 if (len > 0) 4021 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); 4022 #endif 4023 for (p += len; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4024 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); 4025 } 4026 else 4027 len = 0; 4028 if (ptr != NULL) 4029 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); 4030 } 4031 4032 /* 4033 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers 4034 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned 4035 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with 4036 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. 4037 * 4038 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo 4039 */ 4040 static buf_T * 4041 ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag) 4042 { 4043 static win_T *wp; 4044 4045 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ 4046 { 4047 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ 4048 wp = curwin; 4049 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin 4050 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) 4051 ; 4052 buf = wp->w_buffer; 4053 } 4054 else 4055 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' 4056 * (unlisted buffers) 4057 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ 4058 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf 4059 && ((flag == 'U' 4060 ? buf->b_p_bl 4061 : (!buf->b_p_bl 4062 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) 4063 || buf->b_scanned)) 4064 ; 4065 return buf; 4066 } 4067 4068 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4069 /* 4070 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and 4071 * get matches in "matches". 4072 */ 4073 static void 4074 expand_by_function( 4075 int type, /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ 4076 char_u *base) 4077 { 4078 list_T *matchlist = NULL; 4079 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; 4080 char_u *args[2]; 4081 char_u *funcname; 4082 pos_T pos; 4083 win_T *curwin_save; 4084 buf_T *curbuf_save; 4085 typval_T rettv; 4086 4087 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 4088 if (*funcname == NUL) 4089 return; 4090 4091 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ 4092 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; 4093 args[1] = base; 4094 4095 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4096 curwin_save = curwin; 4097 curbuf_save = curbuf; 4098 4099 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ 4100 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) 4101 { 4102 switch (rettv.v_type) 4103 { 4104 case VAR_LIST: 4105 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; 4106 break; 4107 case VAR_DICT: 4108 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; 4109 break; 4110 default: 4111 /* TODO: Give error message? */ 4112 clear_tv(&rettv); 4113 break; 4114 } 4115 } 4116 4117 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 4118 { 4119 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 4120 goto theend; 4121 } 4122 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 4123 validate_cursor(); 4124 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 4125 { 4126 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 4127 goto theend; 4128 } 4129 4130 if (matchlist != NULL) 4131 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); 4132 else if (matchdict != NULL) 4133 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); 4134 4135 theend: 4136 if (matchdict != NULL) 4137 dict_unref(matchdict); 4138 if (matchlist != NULL) 4139 list_unref(matchlist); 4140 } 4141 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ 4142 4143 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 4144 /* 4145 * Add completions from a list. 4146 */ 4147 static void 4148 ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list) 4149 { 4150 listitem_T *li; 4151 int dir = compl_direction; 4152 4153 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ 4154 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 4155 { 4156 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) 4157 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 4158 dir = FORWARD; 4159 else if (did_emsg) 4160 break; 4161 } 4162 } 4163 4164 /* 4165 * Add completions from a dict. 4166 */ 4167 static void 4168 ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict) 4169 { 4170 dictitem_T *di_refresh; 4171 dictitem_T *di_words; 4172 4173 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ 4174 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 4175 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); 4176 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 4177 { 4178 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; 4179 4180 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) 4181 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; 4182 } 4183 4184 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ 4185 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); 4186 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 4187 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); 4188 } 4189 4190 /* 4191 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. 4192 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 4193 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 4194 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 4195 */ 4196 int 4197 ins_compl_add_tv(typval_T *tv, int dir) 4198 { 4199 char_u *word; 4200 int icase = FALSE; 4201 int adup = FALSE; 4202 int aempty = FALSE; 4203 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); 4204 4205 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 4206 { 4207 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); 4208 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4209 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); 4210 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4211 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); 4212 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4213 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); 4214 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4215 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); 4216 cptext[CPT_USER_DATA] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4217 (char_u *)"user_data", FALSE); 4218 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) 4219 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); 4220 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) 4221 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); 4222 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) 4223 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); 4224 } 4225 else 4226 { 4227 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 4228 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); 4229 } 4230 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) 4231 return FAIL; 4232 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); 4233 } 4234 #endif 4235 4236 /* 4237 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". 4238 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction 4239 * compl_direction. 4240 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue 4241 * where we stopped searching before. 4242 * This may return before finding all the matches. 4243 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo 4244 */ 4245 static int 4246 ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini) 4247 { 4248 static pos_T first_match_pos; 4249 static pos_T last_match_pos; 4250 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ 4251 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a 4252 certain type. */ 4253 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ 4254 4255 pos_T *pos; 4256 char_u **matches; 4257 int save_p_scs; 4258 int save_p_ws; 4259 int save_p_ic; 4260 int i; 4261 int num_matches; 4262 int len; 4263 int found_new_match; 4264 int type = ctrl_x_mode; 4265 char_u *ptr; 4266 char_u *dict = NULL; 4267 int dict_f = 0; 4268 int set_match_pos; 4269 4270 if (!compl_started) 4271 { 4272 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(ins_buf) 4273 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; 4274 found_all = FALSE; 4275 ins_buf = curbuf; 4276 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 4277 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; 4278 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; 4279 } 4280 4281 compl_old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ 4282 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; 4283 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ 4284 for (;;) 4285 { 4286 found_new_match = FAIL; 4287 set_match_pos = FALSE; 4288 4289 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, 4290 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the 4291 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ 4292 if ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL 4293 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4294 && (!compl_started || found_all)) 4295 { 4296 found_all = FALSE; 4297 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') 4298 e_cpt++; 4299 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) 4300 { 4301 ins_buf = curbuf; 4302 first_match_pos = *ini; 4303 /* Move the cursor back one character so that ^N can match the 4304 * word immediately after the cursor. */ 4305 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL && dec(&first_match_pos) < 0) 4306 { 4307 /* Move the cursor to after the last character in the 4308 * buffer, so that word at start of buffer is found 4309 * correctly. */ 4310 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4311 first_match_pos.col = 4312 (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(first_match_pos.lnum)); 4313 } 4314 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; 4315 type = 0; 4316 4317 /* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we 4318 * wrap and come back there a second time. */ 4319 set_match_pos = TRUE; 4320 } 4321 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL 4322 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) 4323 { 4324 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ 4325 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ 4326 { 4327 compl_started = TRUE; 4328 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; 4329 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 4330 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; 4331 type = 0; 4332 } 4333 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ 4334 { 4335 found_all = TRUE; 4336 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) 4337 continue; 4338 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4339 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; 4340 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; 4341 } 4342 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), 4343 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL 4344 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) 4345 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL 4346 ? ins_buf->b_fname 4347 : ins_buf->b_sfname); 4348 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R)); 4349 } 4350 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) 4351 break; 4352 else 4353 { 4354 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4355 type = -1; 4356 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') 4357 { 4358 if (*e_cpt == 'k') 4359 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4360 else 4361 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 4362 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) 4363 { 4364 dict = e_cpt; 4365 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; 4366 } 4367 } 4368 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4369 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') 4370 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 4371 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') 4372 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 4373 #endif 4374 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') 4375 { 4376 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; 4377 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); 4378 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R)); 4379 } 4380 else 4381 type = -1; 4382 4383 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ 4384 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); 4385 4386 found_all = TRUE; 4387 if (type == -1) 4388 continue; 4389 } 4390 } 4391 4392 /* If complete() was called then compl_pattern has been reset. The 4393 * following won't work then, bail out. */ 4394 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4395 break; 4396 4397 switch (type) 4398 { 4399 case -1: 4400 break; 4401 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4402 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 4403 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 4404 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, 4405 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, 4406 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES 4407 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4408 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 4409 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); 4410 break; 4411 #endif 4412 4413 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 4414 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 4415 ins_compl_dictionaries( 4416 dict != NULL ? dict 4417 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS 4418 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL 4419 ? p_tsr 4420 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) 4421 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL 4422 ? p_dict 4423 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), 4424 compl_pattern, 4425 dict != NULL ? dict_f 4426 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); 4427 dict = NULL; 4428 break; 4429 4430 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 4431 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ 4432 save_p_ic = p_ic; 4433 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); 4434 4435 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number 4436 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ 4437 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4438 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | TAG_INS_COMP 4439 | (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), 4440 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) 4441 { 4442 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4443 } 4444 p_ic = save_p_ic; 4445 break; 4446 4447 case CTRL_X_FILES: 4448 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4449 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) 4450 { 4451 4452 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ 4453 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); 4454 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic); 4455 } 4456 break; 4457 4458 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 4459 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4460 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), 4461 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) 4462 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); 4463 break; 4464 4465 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4466 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 4467 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 4468 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); 4469 break; 4470 #endif 4471 4472 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 4473 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4474 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, 4475 compl_pattern, &matches); 4476 if (num_matches > 0) 4477 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4478 #endif 4479 break; 4480 4481 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ 4482 /* 4483 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here 4484 */ 4485 save_p_scs = p_scs; 4486 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) 4487 p_scs = FALSE; 4488 4489 /* Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the 4490 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this 4491 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set 4492 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ 4493 save_p_ws = p_ws; 4494 if (ins_buf != curbuf) 4495 p_ws = FALSE; 4496 else if (*e_cpt == '.') 4497 p_ws = TRUE; 4498 for (;;) 4499 { 4500 int flags = 0; 4501 4502 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ 4503 4504 /* CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 4505 * || word-wise search that 4506 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ 4507 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 4508 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4509 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, 4510 compl_direction, compl_pattern); 4511 else 4512 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, 4513 compl_direction, 4514 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, 4515 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 4516 --msg_silent; 4517 if (!compl_started || set_match_pos) 4518 { 4519 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ 4520 compl_started = TRUE; 4521 first_match_pos = *pos; 4522 last_match_pos = *pos; 4523 set_match_pos = FALSE; 4524 } 4525 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum 4526 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) 4527 found_new_match = FAIL; 4528 if (found_new_match == FAIL) 4529 { 4530 if (ins_buf == curbuf) 4531 found_all = TRUE; 4532 break; 4533 } 4534 4535 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ 4536 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf 4537 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum 4538 && ini->col == pos->col) 4539 continue; 4540 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; 4541 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4542 { 4543 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4544 { 4545 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4546 continue; 4547 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4548 if (!p_paste) 4549 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4550 } 4551 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 4552 } 4553 else 4554 { 4555 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; 4556 4557 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4558 { 4559 tmp_ptr += compl_length; 4560 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ 4561 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) 4562 continue; 4563 /* Find start of next word. */ 4564 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4565 } 4566 /* Find end of this word. */ 4567 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4568 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4569 4570 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4571 && len == compl_length) 4572 { 4573 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4574 { 4575 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be 4576 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. 4577 * IOSIZE is always greater than 4578 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always 4579 * works -- Acevedo */ 4580 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); 4581 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4582 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4583 /* Find start of next word. */ 4584 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4585 /* Find end of next word. */ 4586 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4587 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) 4588 { 4589 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) 4590 { 4591 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') 4592 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4593 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ 4594 if (p_js 4595 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' 4596 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) 4597 == NULL 4598 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' 4599 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) 4600 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4601 } 4602 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ 4603 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) 4604 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; 4605 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); 4606 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4607 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; 4608 } 4609 IObuff[len] = NUL; 4610 ptr = IObuff; 4611 } 4612 if (len == compl_length) 4613 continue; 4614 } 4615 } 4616 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, 4617 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, 4618 0, flags) != NOTDONE) 4619 { 4620 found_new_match = OK; 4621 break; 4622 } 4623 } 4624 p_scs = save_p_scs; 4625 p_ws = save_p_ws; 4626 } 4627 4628 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of 4629 * expansion added something) */ 4630 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != compl_old_match) 4631 found_new_match = OK; 4632 4633 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the 4634 * generic ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL) or when we've found a new 4635 * match */ 4636 if ((ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL 4637 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4638 || found_new_match != FAIL) 4639 { 4640 if (got_int) 4641 break; 4642 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ 4643 if (type != -1) 4644 ins_compl_check_keys(0, FALSE); 4645 4646 if ((ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL 4647 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4648 || compl_interrupted) 4649 break; 4650 compl_started = TRUE; 4651 } 4652 else 4653 { 4654 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ 4655 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 4656 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; 4657 4658 compl_started = FALSE; 4659 } 4660 } 4661 compl_started = TRUE; 4662 4663 if ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4664 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ 4665 found_new_match = FAIL; 4666 4667 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ 4668 if (found_new_match == FAIL || (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL 4669 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))) 4670 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 4671 4672 if (compl_old_match != NULL) 4673 { 4674 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has 4675 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the 4676 * next or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ 4677 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? compl_old_match->cp_next 4678 : compl_old_match->cp_prev; 4679 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) 4680 compl_curr_match = compl_old_match; 4681 } 4682 return i; 4683 } 4684 4685 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ 4686 static void 4687 ins_compl_delete(void) 4688 { 4689 int col; 4690 4691 /* 4692 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. 4693 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. 4694 */ 4695 col = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); 4696 if ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 4697 { 4698 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 4699 return; 4700 backspace_until_column(col); 4701 } 4702 4703 /* TODO: is this sufficient for redrawing? Redrawing everything causes 4704 * flicker, thus we can't do that. */ 4705 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 4706 /* clear v:completed_item */ 4707 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 4708 } 4709 4710 /* 4711 * Insert the new text being completed. 4712 * "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check(). 4713 */ 4714 static void 4715 ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func) 4716 { 4717 dict_T *dict; 4718 4719 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); 4720 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 4721 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4722 else 4723 compl_used_match = TRUE; 4724 4725 /* Set completed item. */ 4726 /* { word, abbr, menu, kind, info } */ 4727 dict = dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED); 4728 if (dict != NULL) 4729 { 4730 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "word", 0L, 4731 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_str)); 4732 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "abbr", 0L, 4733 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])); 4734 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "menu", 0L, 4735 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_MENU])); 4736 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "kind", 0L, 4737 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_KIND])); 4738 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "info", 0L, 4739 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_INFO])); 4740 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "user_data", 0L, 4741 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_USER_DATA])); 4742 } 4743 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict); 4744 if (!in_compl_func) 4745 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 4746 } 4747 4748 /* 4749 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. 4750 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to 4751 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there 4752 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when 4753 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing 4754 * through the ones found so far. 4755 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. 4756 * 4757 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use 4758 * compl_shown_match here. 4759 * 4760 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with 4761 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn 4762 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. 4763 */ 4764 static int 4765 ins_compl_next( 4766 int allow_get_expansion, 4767 int count, /* repeat completion this many times; should 4768 be at least 1 */ 4769 int insert_match, /* Insert the newly selected match */ 4770 int in_compl_func) /* called from complete_check() */ 4771 { 4772 int num_matches = -1; 4773 int todo = count; 4774 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; 4775 int found_end = FALSE; 4776 int advance; 4777 int started = compl_started; 4778 4779 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next 4780 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ 4781 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) 4782 return -1; 4783 4784 if (compl_leader != NULL 4785 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 4786 { 4787 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ 4788 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ 4789 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4790 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4791 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL 4792 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 4793 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4794 4795 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is 4796 * backward, find the last match. */ 4797 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4798 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4799 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4800 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL 4801 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) 4802 { 4803 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4804 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4805 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL 4806 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) 4807 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4808 } 4809 } 4810 4811 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match 4812 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) 4813 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ 4814 ins_compl_delete(); 4815 4816 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, 4817 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ 4818 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; 4819 4820 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ 4821 if (compl_restarting) 4822 { 4823 advance = FALSE; 4824 compl_restarting = FALSE; 4825 } 4826 4827 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap 4828 * around. */ 4829 while (--todo >= 0) 4830 { 4831 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4832 { 4833 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4834 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL 4835 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match 4836 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); 4837 } 4838 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4839 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4840 { 4841 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4842 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4843 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4844 } 4845 else 4846 { 4847 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4848 { 4849 if (advance) 4850 { 4851 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4852 compl_pending -= todo + 1; 4853 else 4854 compl_pending += todo + 1; 4855 } 4856 return -1; 4857 } 4858 4859 if (!compl_no_select && advance) 4860 { 4861 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4862 --compl_pending; 4863 else 4864 ++compl_pending; 4865 } 4866 4867 /* Find matches. */ 4868 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); 4869 4870 /* handle any pending completions */ 4871 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir 4872 && advance) 4873 { 4874 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4875 { 4876 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4877 --compl_pending; 4878 } 4879 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4880 { 4881 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4882 ++compl_pending; 4883 } 4884 else 4885 break; 4886 } 4887 found_end = FALSE; 4888 } 4889 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 4890 && compl_leader != NULL 4891 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4892 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 4893 ++todo; 4894 else 4895 /* Remember a matching item. */ 4896 found_compl = compl_shown_match; 4897 4898 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ 4899 if (found_end) 4900 { 4901 if (found_compl != NULL) 4902 { 4903 compl_shown_match = found_compl; 4904 break; 4905 } 4906 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ 4907 } 4908 } 4909 4910 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ 4911 if (compl_no_insert && !started) 4912 { 4913 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 4914 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4915 } 4916 else if (insert_match) 4917 { 4918 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) 4919 ins_compl_insert(in_compl_func); 4920 else 4921 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 4922 } 4923 else 4924 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4925 4926 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4927 { 4928 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ 4929 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 4930 4931 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ 4932 update_screen(0); 4933 4934 /* display the updated popup menu */ 4935 ins_compl_show_pum(); 4936 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4937 if (gui.in_use) 4938 { 4939 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 4940 setcursor(); 4941 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 4942 } 4943 #endif 4944 4945 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and 4946 * don't want to match ourselves! */ 4947 ins_compl_delete(); 4948 } 4949 4950 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup 4951 * menu is visible. */ 4952 if (compl_no_insert && !started) 4953 compl_enter_selects = TRUE; 4954 else 4955 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; 4956 4957 /* 4958 * Show the file name for the match (if any) 4959 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. 4960 */ 4961 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) 4962 { 4963 char *lead = _("match in file"); 4964 int space = sc_col - vim_strsize((char_u *)lead) - 2; 4965 char_u *s; 4966 char_u *e; 4967 4968 if (space > 0) 4969 { 4970 /* We need the tail that fits. With double-byte encoding going 4971 * back from the end is very slow, thus go from the start and keep 4972 * the text that fits in "space" between "s" and "e". */ 4973 for (s = e = compl_shown_match->cp_fname; *e != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(e)) 4974 { 4975 space -= ptr2cells(e); 4976 while (space < 0) 4977 { 4978 space += ptr2cells(s); 4979 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 4980 } 4981 } 4982 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%s %s%s", lead, 4983 s > compl_shown_match->cp_fname ? "<" : "", s); 4984 msg(IObuff); 4985 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ 4986 } 4987 } 4988 4989 return num_matches; 4990 } 4991 4992 /* 4993 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key 4994 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion 4995 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as 4996 * possible. -- webb 4997 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. 4998 * "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check(), don't set 4999 * compl_curr_match. 5000 */ 5001 void 5002 ins_compl_check_keys(int frequency, int in_compl_func) 5003 { 5004 static int count = 0; 5005 int c; 5006 5007 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script, :normal or feedkeys(). 5008 * That would break the test scripts. But do check for keys when called 5009 * from complete_check(). */ 5010 if (!in_compl_func && (using_script() || ex_normal_busy)) 5011 return; 5012 5013 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ 5014 if (++count < frequency) 5015 return; 5016 count = 0; 5017 5018 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() 5019 * can't do its work correctly. */ 5020 c = vpeekc_any(); 5021 if (c != NUL) 5022 { 5023 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) 5024 { 5025 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ 5026 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 5027 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), 5028 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN, in_compl_func); 5029 } 5030 else 5031 { 5032 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it 5033 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ 5034 c = safe_vgetc(); 5035 if (c != K_IGNORE) 5036 { 5037 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, 5038 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ 5039 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) 5040 compl_interrupted = TRUE; 5041 5042 vungetc(c); 5043 } 5044 } 5045 } 5046 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int && !compl_no_insert) 5047 { 5048 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; 5049 5050 compl_pending = 0; 5051 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE, in_compl_func); 5052 } 5053 } 5054 5055 /* 5056 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. 5057 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. 5058 */ 5059 static int 5060 ins_compl_key2dir(int c) 5061 { 5062 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L 5063 || c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP) 5064 return BACKWARD; 5065 return FORWARD; 5066 } 5067 5068 /* 5069 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu 5070 * is visible. 5071 */ 5072 static int 5073 ins_compl_pum_key(int c) 5074 { 5075 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP 5076 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN 5077 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); 5078 } 5079 5080 /* 5081 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. 5082 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. 5083 */ 5084 static int 5085 ins_compl_key2count(int c) 5086 { 5087 int h; 5088 5089 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) 5090 { 5091 h = pum_get_height(); 5092 if (h > 3) 5093 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ 5094 return h; 5095 } 5096 return 1; 5097 } 5098 5099 /* 5100 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only 5101 * to change the currently selected completion. 5102 */ 5103 static int 5104 ins_compl_use_match(int c) 5105 { 5106 switch (c) 5107 { 5108 case K_UP: 5109 case K_DOWN: 5110 case K_PAGEDOWN: 5111 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 5112 case K_S_DOWN: 5113 case K_PAGEUP: 5114 case K_KPAGEUP: 5115 case K_S_UP: 5116 return FALSE; 5117 } 5118 return TRUE; 5119 } 5120 5121 /* 5122 * Do Insert mode completion. 5123 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. 5124 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). 5125 */ 5126 static int 5127 ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum) 5128 { 5129 char_u *line; 5130 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ 5131 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ 5132 int n; 5133 int save_w_wrow; 5134 int save_w_leftcol; 5135 int insert_match; 5136 int save_did_ai = did_ai; 5137 5138 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 5139 insert_match = ins_compl_use_match(c); 5140 5141 if (!compl_started) 5142 { 5143 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ 5144 5145 did_ai = FALSE; 5146 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 5147 did_si = FALSE; 5148 can_si = FALSE; 5149 can_si_back = FALSE; 5150 #endif 5151 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5152 return FAIL; 5153 5154 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5155 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5156 compl_pending = 0; 5157 5158 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from 5159 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word 5160 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if 5161 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it 5162 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL 5163 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of 5164 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ 5165 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT 5166 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) 5167 { 5168 /* 5169 * it is a continued search 5170 */ 5171 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ 5172 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL 5173 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5174 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5175 { 5176 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5177 { 5178 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the 5179 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar 5180 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't 5181 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ 5182 compl_col = (colnr_T)getwhitecols(line); 5183 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5184 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5185 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ 5186 } 5187 else 5188 { 5189 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the 5190 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL 5191 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ 5192 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5193 { 5194 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; 5195 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( 5196 line + compl_length 5197 + compl_startpos.col) - line); 5198 } 5199 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; 5200 } 5201 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 5202 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we 5203 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ 5204 #define MIN_SPACE 75 5205 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) 5206 { 5207 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; 5208 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); 5209 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; 5210 } 5211 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5212 if (compl_length < 1) 5213 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5214 } 5215 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5216 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5217 else 5218 compl_cont_status = 0; 5219 } 5220 else 5221 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5222 5223 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ 5224 { 5225 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; 5226 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL) 5227 /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL */ 5228 compl_cont_status = 0; 5229 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; 5230 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; 5231 startcol = (int)curs_col; 5232 compl_col = 0; 5233 } 5234 5235 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ 5236 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) 5237 { 5238 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) 5239 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5240 { 5241 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) 5242 { 5243 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) 5244 ; 5245 compl_col += ++startcol; 5246 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; 5247 } 5248 if (p_ic) 5249 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, 5250 compl_length, NULL, 0); 5251 else 5252 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, 5253 compl_length); 5254 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5255 return FAIL; 5256 } 5257 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5258 { 5259 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; 5260 5261 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ 5262 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5263 compl_length) + 2); 5264 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5265 return FAIL; 5266 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) 5267 || (compl_col > 0 5268 && ( 5269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5270 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) 5271 #else 5272 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) 5273 #endif 5274 ))) 5275 prefix = (char_u *)""; 5276 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); 5277 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), 5278 line + compl_col, compl_length); 5279 } 5280 else if (--startcol < 0 || 5281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5282 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) 5283 #else 5284 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) 5285 #endif 5286 ) 5287 { 5288 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ 5289 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); 5290 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5291 return FAIL; 5292 compl_col += curs_col; 5293 compl_length = 0; 5294 } 5295 else 5296 { 5297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5298 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character 5299 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ 5300 if (has_mbyte) 5301 { 5302 int base_class; 5303 int head_off; 5304 5305 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5306 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); 5307 while (--startcol >= 0) 5308 { 5309 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5310 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol 5311 - head_off)) 5312 break; 5313 startcol -= head_off; 5314 } 5315 } 5316 else 5317 #endif 5318 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) 5319 ; 5320 compl_col += ++startcol; 5321 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5322 if (compl_length == 1) 5323 { 5324 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb 5325 * there's no need to call quote_meta, 5326 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo 5327 */ 5328 compl_pattern = alloc(7); 5329 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5330 return FAIL; 5331 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5332 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); 5333 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); 5334 } 5335 else 5336 { 5337 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5338 compl_length) + 2); 5339 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5340 return FAIL; 5341 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5342 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 5343 compl_length); 5344 } 5345 } 5346 } 5347 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5348 { 5349 compl_col = (colnr_T)getwhitecols(line); 5350 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; 5351 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ 5352 compl_length = 0; 5353 if (p_ic) 5354 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5355 NULL, 0); 5356 else 5357 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5358 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5359 return FAIL; 5360 } 5361 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) 5362 { 5363 /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */ 5364 if (startcol > 0) 5365 { 5366 char_u *p = line + startcol; 5367 5368 MB_PTR_BACK(line, p); 5369 while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) 5370 MB_PTR_BACK(line, p); 5371 if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) 5372 startcol = 0; 5373 else 5374 startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1; 5375 } 5376 5377 compl_col += startcol; 5378 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5379 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5380 EXPAND_FILES); 5381 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5382 return FAIL; 5383 } 5384 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 5385 { 5386 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); 5387 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5388 return FAIL; 5389 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 5390 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col, FALSE); 5391 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL 5392 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) 5393 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a 5394 * "pattern not found" message. */ 5395 compl_col = curs_col; 5396 else 5397 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); 5398 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5399 } 5400 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 5401 { 5402 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 5403 /* 5404 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" 5405 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. 5406 */ 5407 char_u *args[2]; 5408 int col; 5409 char_u *funcname; 5410 pos_T pos; 5411 win_T *curwin_save; 5412 buf_T *curbuf_save; 5413 5414 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a 5415 * string */ 5416 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5417 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 5418 if (*funcname == NUL) 5419 { 5420 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5421 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); 5422 /* restore did_ai, so that adding comment leader works */ 5423 did_ai = save_did_ai; 5424 return FAIL; 5425 } 5426 5427 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; 5428 args[1] = NULL; 5429 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 5430 curwin_save = curwin; 5431 curbuf_save = curbuf; 5432 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 5433 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 5434 { 5435 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 5436 return FAIL; 5437 } 5438 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 5439 validate_cursor(); 5440 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 5441 { 5442 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 5443 return FAIL; 5444 } 5445 5446 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to 5447 * cancel the complete without an error. 5448 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ 5449 if (col == -2) 5450 return FAIL; 5451 if (col == -3) 5452 { 5453 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL; 5454 edit_submode = NULL; 5455 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 5456 msg_clr_cmdline(); 5457 return FAIL; 5458 } 5459 5460 /* 5461 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new 5462 * completion. 5463 */ 5464 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 5465 5466 if (col < 0) 5467 col = curs_col; 5468 compl_col = col; 5469 if (compl_col > curs_col) 5470 compl_col = curs_col; 5471 5472 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, 5473 * it may have become invalid. */ 5474 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5475 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5476 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5477 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5478 #endif 5479 return FAIL; 5480 } 5481 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) 5482 { 5483 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5484 if (spell_bad_len > 0) 5485 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; 5486 else 5487 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); 5488 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) 5489 { 5490 compl_length = 0; 5491 compl_col = curs_col; 5492 } 5493 else 5494 { 5495 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); 5496 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; 5497 } 5498 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ 5499 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5500 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5501 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5502 #endif 5503 return FAIL; 5504 } 5505 else 5506 { 5507 internal_error("ins_complete()"); 5508 return FAIL; 5509 } 5510 5511 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5512 { 5513 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); 5514 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5515 { 5516 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ 5517 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5518 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; 5519 5520 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; 5521 #endif 5522 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5523 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5524 ins_eol('\r'); 5525 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5526 curbuf->b_p_com = old; 5527 #endif 5528 compl_length = 0; 5529 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5530 } 5531 } 5532 else 5533 { 5534 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 5535 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5536 } 5537 5538 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 5539 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); 5540 else 5541 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 5542 5543 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix 5544 * the redo buffer. */ 5545 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); 5546 5547 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ 5548 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5549 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5550 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 5551 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 5552 { 5553 VIM_CLEAR(compl_pattern); 5554 VIM_CLEAR(compl_orig_text); 5555 return FAIL; 5556 } 5557 5558 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must 5559 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no 5560 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. 5561 */ 5562 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); 5563 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5564 showmode(); 5565 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 5566 out_flush(); 5567 } 5568 else if (insert_match && stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5569 return FAIL; 5570 5571 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; 5572 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 5573 5574 /* 5575 * Find next match (and following matches). 5576 */ 5577 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 5578 save_w_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol; 5579 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), insert_match, FALSE); 5580 5581 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ 5582 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 5583 5584 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ 5585 compl_matches = n; 5586 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 5587 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; 5588 5589 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert 5590 * mode. */ 5591 if (got_int && !global_busy) 5592 { 5593 (void)vgetc(); 5594 got_int = FALSE; 5595 } 5596 5597 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ 5598 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) 5599 { 5600 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5601 && compl_length > 1 5602 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); 5603 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; 5604 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, 5605 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used 5606 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word 5607 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ 5608 if ( compl_length > 1 5609 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5610 || (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL 5611 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5612 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) 5613 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; 5614 } 5615 5616 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) 5617 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; 5618 else 5619 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; 5620 5621 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) 5622 { 5623 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 5624 { 5625 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); 5626 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; 5627 } 5628 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5629 { 5630 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); 5631 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5632 } 5633 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) 5634 { 5635 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); 5636 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5637 } 5638 else 5639 { 5640 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ 5641 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) 5642 { 5643 int number = 0; 5644 compl_T *match; 5645 5646 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) 5647 { 5648 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. 5649 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop 5650 * cycle, so it's fast! */ 5651 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL 5652 && match != compl_first_match; 5653 match = match->cp_prev) 5654 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5655 { 5656 number = match->cp_number; 5657 break; 5658 } 5659 if (match != NULL) 5660 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned 5661 * yet */ 5662 for (match = match->cp_next; 5663 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; 5664 match = match->cp_next) 5665 match->cp_number = ++number; 5666 } 5667 else /* BACKWARD */ 5668 { 5669 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) 5670 * number. This should normally succeed already at the 5671 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ 5672 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL 5673 && match != compl_first_match; 5674 match = match->cp_next) 5675 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5676 { 5677 number = match->cp_number; 5678 break; 5679 } 5680 if (match != NULL) 5681 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not 5682 * assigned yet */ 5683 for (match = match->cp_prev; match 5684 && match->cp_number == -1; 5685 match = match->cp_prev) 5686 match->cp_number = ++number; 5687 } 5688 } 5689 5690 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is 5691 * just a safety check. */ 5692 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) 5693 { 5694 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. 5695 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ 5696 static char_u match_ref[81]; 5697 5698 if (compl_matches > 0) 5699 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5700 _("match %d of %d"), 5701 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); 5702 else 5703 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5704 _("match %d"), 5705 compl_curr_match->cp_number); 5706 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; 5707 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; 5708 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 5709 curs_columns(FALSE); 5710 } 5711 } 5712 } 5713 5714 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ 5715 showmode(); 5716 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 5717 { 5718 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 5719 { 5720 if (!p_smd) 5721 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, 5722 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT 5723 ? HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl) : 0); 5724 } 5725 else 5726 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 5727 } 5728 5729 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 5730 if (enable_pum && !compl_interrupted) 5731 show_pum(save_w_wrow, save_w_leftcol); 5732 5733 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; 5734 compl_interrupted = FALSE; 5735 5736 return OK; 5737 } 5738 5739 static void 5740 show_pum(int prev_w_wrow, int prev_w_leftcol) 5741 { 5742 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ 5743 int n = RedrawingDisabled; 5744 5745 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5746 5747 /* If the cursor moved or the display scrolled we need to remove the pum 5748 * first. */ 5749 setcursor(); 5750 if (prev_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow || prev_w_leftcol != curwin->w_leftcol) 5751 ins_compl_del_pum(); 5752 5753 ins_compl_show_pum(); 5754 setcursor(); 5755 RedrawingDisabled = n; 5756 } 5757 5758 /* 5759 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. 5760 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with 5761 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. 5762 * Returns the length (needed) of dest 5763 */ 5764 static unsigned 5765 quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *src, int len) 5766 { 5767 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ 5768 5769 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) 5770 { 5771 switch (*src) 5772 { 5773 case '.': 5774 case '*': 5775 case '[': 5776 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5777 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5778 break; 5779 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 5780 case '~': 5781 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ 5782 break; 5783 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 5784 case '\\': 5785 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5786 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5787 break; 5788 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 5789 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ 5790 case '$': 5791 m++; 5792 if (dest != NULL) 5793 *dest++ = '\\'; 5794 break; 5795 } 5796 if (dest != NULL) 5797 *dest++ = *src; 5798 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5799 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ 5800 if (has_mbyte) 5801 { 5802 int i, mb_len; 5803 5804 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; 5805 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) 5806 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) 5807 { 5808 --len; 5809 ++src; 5810 if (dest != NULL) 5811 *dest++ = *src; 5812 } 5813 } 5814 # endif 5815 } 5816 if (dest != NULL) 5817 *dest = NUL; 5818 5819 return m; 5820 } 5821 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 5822 5823 /* 5824 * Next character is interpreted literally. 5825 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. 5826 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). 5827 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. 5828 */ 5829 int 5830 get_literal(void) 5831 { 5832 int cc; 5833 int nc; 5834 int i; 5835 int hex = FALSE; 5836 int octal = FALSE; 5837 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5838 int unicode = 0; 5839 #endif 5840 5841 if (got_int) 5842 return Ctrl_C; 5843 5844 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5845 /* 5846 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. 5847 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would 5848 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be 5849 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb 5850 */ 5851 if (gui.in_use) 5852 ++allow_keys; 5853 #endif 5854 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5855 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 5856 #endif 5857 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 5858 cc = 0; 5859 i = 0; 5860 for (;;) 5861 { 5862 nc = plain_vgetc(); 5863 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5864 if (!(State & CMDLINE) 5865 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5866 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 5867 # endif 5868 ) 5869 add_to_showcmd(nc); 5870 #endif 5871 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') 5872 hex = TRUE; 5873 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') 5874 octal = TRUE; 5875 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5876 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') 5877 unicode = nc; 5878 #endif 5879 else 5880 { 5881 if (hex 5882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5883 || unicode != 0 5884 #endif 5885 ) 5886 { 5887 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) 5888 break; 5889 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); 5890 } 5891 else if (octal) 5892 { 5893 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') 5894 break; 5895 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; 5896 } 5897 else 5898 { 5899 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) 5900 break; 5901 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; 5902 } 5903 5904 ++i; 5905 } 5906 5907 if (cc > 255 5908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5909 && unicode == 0 5910 #endif 5911 ) 5912 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ 5913 nc = 0; 5914 5915 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ 5916 { 5917 if (i >= 2) 5918 break; 5919 } 5920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5921 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ 5922 { 5923 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) 5924 break; 5925 } 5926 #endif 5927 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ 5928 break; 5929 } 5930 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ 5931 { 5932 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5933 { 5934 cc = '\n'; 5935 nc = 0; 5936 } 5937 else 5938 { 5939 cc = nc; 5940 nc = 0; 5941 } 5942 } 5943 5944 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5945 cc = '\n'; 5946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5947 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) 5948 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the 5949 second byte will cause trouble! */ 5950 #endif 5951 5952 --no_mapping; 5953 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5954 if (gui.in_use) 5955 --allow_keys; 5956 #endif 5957 if (nc) 5958 vungetc(nc); 5959 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ 5960 return cc; 5961 } 5962 5963 /* 5964 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask 5965 */ 5966 static void 5967 insert_special( 5968 int c, 5969 int allow_modmask, 5970 int ctrlv) /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ 5971 { 5972 char_u *p; 5973 int len; 5974 5975 /* 5976 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is 5977 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace 5978 * mode. 5979 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, 5980 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. 5981 */ 5982 #ifdef MACOS_X 5983 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ 5984 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) 5985 allow_modmask = TRUE; 5986 #endif 5987 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) 5988 { 5989 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); 5990 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5991 c = p[len - 1]; 5992 if (len > 2) 5993 { 5994 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5995 return; 5996 p[len - 1] = NUL; 5997 ins_str(p); 5998 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); 5999 ctrlv = FALSE; 6000 } 6001 } 6002 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 6003 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); 6004 } 6005 6006 /* 6007 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other 6008 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC 6009 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to 6010 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by 6011 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should 6012 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. 6013 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. 6014 */ 6015 #ifdef EBCDIC 6016 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 6017 #else 6018 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 6019 #endif 6020 6021 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6022 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (VIM_ISWHITE(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) 6023 #else 6024 # define WHITECHAR(cc) VIM_ISWHITE(cc) 6025 #endif 6026 6027 /* 6028 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting 6029 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V 6030 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' 6031 * 6032 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, 6033 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: 6034 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments 6035 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent 6036 */ 6037 void 6038 insertchar( 6039 int c, /* character to insert or NUL */ 6040 int flags, /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ 6041 int second_indent) /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ 6042 { 6043 int textwidth; 6044 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6045 char_u *p; 6046 #endif 6047 int fo_ins_blank; 6048 int force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT; 6049 6050 textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format); 6051 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 6052 6053 /* 6054 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: 6055 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. 6056 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line 6057 * ends in white space. 6058 * - Otherwise: 6059 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank 6060 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless 6061 * we're in VREPLACE mode. 6062 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started 6063 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long 6064 * before the insert. 6065 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or 6066 * before 'textwidth' 6067 */ 6068 if (textwidth > 0 6069 && (force_format 6070 || (!VIM_ISWHITE(c) 6071 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 6072 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6073 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6074 #endif 6075 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) 6076 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 6077 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) 6078 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 6079 && (!fo_ins_blank 6080 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth 6081 )))))) 6082 { 6083 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting 6084 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ 6085 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 6086 int do_internal = TRUE; 6087 colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 6088 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6089 6090 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0 6091 && (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth)) 6092 { 6093 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); 6094 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() 6095 * was called. */ 6096 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 6097 } 6098 if (do_internal) 6099 #endif 6100 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); 6101 } 6102 6103 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ 6104 return; 6105 6106 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6107 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ 6108 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) 6109 { 6110 char_u *line; 6111 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ 6112 int middle_len, end_len; 6113 int i; 6114 6115 /* 6116 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end 6117 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. 6118 */ 6119 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); 6120 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ 6121 { 6122 /* Skip middle-comment string */ 6123 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ 6124 ++p; 6125 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 6126 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ 6127 while (middle_len > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) 6128 --middle_len; 6129 6130 /* Find the end-comment string */ 6131 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ 6132 ++p; 6133 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 6134 6135 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ 6136 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6137 while (--i >= 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(line[i])) 6138 ; 6139 i++; 6140 6141 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ 6142 i -= middle_len; 6143 6144 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ 6145 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) 6146 { 6147 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ 6148 backspace_until_column(i); 6149 6150 /* 6151 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last 6152 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. 6153 */ 6154 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); 6155 } 6156 } 6157 } 6158 end_comment_pending = NUL; 6159 #endif 6160 6161 did_ai = FALSE; 6162 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6163 did_si = FALSE; 6164 can_si = FALSE; 6165 can_si_back = FALSE; 6166 #endif 6167 6168 /* 6169 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. 6170 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. 6171 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might 6172 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what 6173 * 'paste' is set).. 6174 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, 6175 * because we need to fire the event for every character. 6176 */ 6177 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 6178 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 6179 #endif 6180 6181 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) 6182 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6183 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) 6184 #endif 6185 && vpeekc() != NUL 6186 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) 6187 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6188 && !cindent_on() 6189 #endif 6190 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6191 && !p_ri 6192 #endif 6193 && !has_insertcharpre()) 6194 { 6195 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 6196 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; 6197 int i; 6198 colnr_T virtcol = 0; 6199 6200 buf[0] = c; 6201 i = 1; 6202 if (textwidth > 0) 6203 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 6204 /* 6205 * Stop the string when: 6206 * - no more chars available 6207 * - finding a special character (command key) 6208 * - buffer is full 6209 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary 6210 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char 6211 */ 6212 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL 6213 && !ISSPECIAL(c) 6214 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6215 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) 6216 #endif 6217 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN 6218 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 6219 && !(p_fkmap && KeyTyped) /* Farsi mode mapping moves cursor */ 6220 # endif 6221 && (textwidth == 0 6222 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) 6223 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) 6224 { 6225 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6226 c = vgetc(); 6227 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 6228 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 6229 buf[i++] = c; 6230 #else 6231 buf[i++] = vgetc(); 6232 #endif 6233 } 6234 6235 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 6236 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 6237 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ 6238 #endif 6239 buf[i] = NUL; 6240 ins_str(buf); 6241 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6242 { 6243 redo_literal(*buf); 6244 i = 1; 6245 } 6246 else 6247 i = 0; 6248 if (buf[i] != NUL) 6249 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); 6250 } 6251 else 6252 { 6253 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6254 int cc; 6255 6256 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 6257 { 6258 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6259 6260 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 6261 buf[cc] = NUL; 6262 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 6263 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6264 } 6265 else 6266 #endif 6267 { 6268 ins_char(c); 6269 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6270 redo_literal(c); 6271 else 6272 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6273 } 6274 } 6275 } 6276 6277 /* 6278 * Format text at the current insert position. 6279 * 6280 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent 6281 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). 6282 */ 6283 static void 6284 internal_format( 6285 int textwidth, 6286 int second_indent, 6287 int flags, 6288 int format_only, 6289 int c) /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ 6290 { 6291 int cc; 6292 int save_char = NUL; 6293 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; 6294 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 6295 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6296 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); 6297 #endif 6298 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); 6299 int first_line = TRUE; 6300 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6301 colnr_T leader_len; 6302 int no_leader = FALSE; 6303 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); 6304 #endif 6305 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6306 int has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr; 6307 6308 /* make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly */ 6309 curwin->w_p_lbr = FALSE; 6310 #endif 6311 6312 /* 6313 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be 6314 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. 6315 */ 6316 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai 6317 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6318 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6319 #endif 6320 ) 6321 { 6322 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6323 if (VIM_ISWHITE(cc)) 6324 { 6325 save_char = cc; 6326 pchar_cursor('x'); 6327 } 6328 } 6329 6330 /* 6331 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. 6332 */ 6333 while (!got_int) 6334 { 6335 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ 6336 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ 6337 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ 6338 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ 6339 colnr_T len; 6340 colnr_T virtcol; 6341 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6342 int orig_col = 0; 6343 char_u *saved_text = NULL; 6344 #endif 6345 colnr_T col; 6346 colnr_T end_col; 6347 6348 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 6349 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6350 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 6351 break; 6352 6353 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6354 if (no_leader) 6355 do_comments = FALSE; 6356 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6357 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) 6358 do_comments = TRUE; 6359 6360 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6361 if (do_comments) 6362 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); 6363 else 6364 leader_len = 0; 6365 6366 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't 6367 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word 6368 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines 6369 * to start with %. */ 6370 if (leader_len == 0) 6371 no_leader = TRUE; 6372 #endif 6373 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6374 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6375 && leader_len == 0 6376 #endif 6377 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) 6378 6379 break; 6380 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) 6381 break; 6382 6383 /* find column of textwidth border */ 6384 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); 6385 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6386 6387 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6388 foundcol = 0; 6389 6390 /* 6391 * Find position to break at. 6392 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' 6393 */ 6394 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) 6395 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6396 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 6397 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 6398 { 6399 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) 6400 cc = c; 6401 else 6402 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6403 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6404 { 6405 /* remember position of blank just before text */ 6406 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6407 6408 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ 6409 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6410 { 6411 dec_cursor(); 6412 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6413 } 6414 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6415 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ 6416 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6417 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6418 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6419 break; 6420 #endif 6421 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6422 { 6423 /* do not break after one-letter words */ 6424 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6425 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ 6426 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6427 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ 6428 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) 6429 break; 6430 #endif 6431 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6432 dec_cursor(); 6433 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6434 6435 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6436 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ 6437 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6438 } 6439 6440 inc_cursor(); 6441 6442 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; 6443 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6444 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6445 break; 6446 } 6447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6448 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) 6449 { 6450 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ 6451 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) 6452 { 6453 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6454 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6455 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6456 break; 6457 #endif 6458 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6459 inc_cursor(); 6460 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ 6461 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) 6462 { 6463 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6464 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6465 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6466 break; 6467 } 6468 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6469 } 6470 6471 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6472 break; 6473 6474 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6475 6476 dec_cursor(); 6477 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6478 6479 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6480 continue; /* break with space */ 6481 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6482 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6483 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6484 break; 6485 #endif 6486 6487 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6488 6489 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6490 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6491 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6492 break; 6493 } 6494 #endif 6495 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6496 break; 6497 dec_cursor(); 6498 } 6499 6500 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ 6501 { 6502 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6503 break; 6504 } 6505 6506 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ 6507 undisplay_dollar(); 6508 6509 /* 6510 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace 6511 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces 6512 * over the text instead. 6513 */ 6514 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6515 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6516 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ 6517 else 6518 #endif 6519 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; 6520 6521 /* 6522 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and 6523 * characters that will remain on top line 6524 */ 6525 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6526 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) 6527 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) 6528 inc_cursor(); 6529 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 6530 if (startcol < 0) 6531 startcol = 0; 6532 6533 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6534 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6535 { 6536 /* 6537 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be 6538 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. 6539 */ 6540 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); 6541 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 6542 if (saved_text == NULL) 6543 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ 6544 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; 6545 6546 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ 6547 if (!fo_white_par) 6548 backspace_until_column(foundcol); 6549 } 6550 else 6551 #endif 6552 { 6553 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ 6554 if (!fo_white_par) 6555 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6556 } 6557 6558 /* 6559 * Split the line just before the margin. 6560 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. 6561 */ 6562 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX 6563 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) 6564 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6565 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) 6566 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) 6567 #endif 6568 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); 6569 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6570 old_indent = 0; 6571 6572 replace_offset = 0; 6573 if (first_line) 6574 { 6575 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6576 { 6577 /* 6578 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not 6579 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST 6580 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen 6581 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will 6582 * recognize comments if needed... 6583 */ 6584 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) 6585 second_indent = 6586 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); 6587 if (second_indent >= 0) 6588 { 6589 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6590 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6591 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, 6592 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 6593 else 6594 #endif 6595 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6596 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) 6597 { 6598 int i; 6599 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; 6600 6601 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list 6602 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has 6603 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned 6604 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we 6605 * add the additional whitespace needed after the 6606 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ 6607 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) 6608 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 6609 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); 6610 } 6611 else 6612 { 6613 #endif 6614 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); 6615 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6616 } 6617 #endif 6618 } 6619 } 6620 first_line = FALSE; 6621 } 6622 6623 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6624 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6625 { 6626 /* 6627 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be 6628 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. 6629 */ 6630 ins_bytes(saved_text); 6631 vim_free(saved_text); 6632 } 6633 else 6634 #endif 6635 { 6636 /* 6637 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent 6638 * may have added or removed indent. 6639 */ 6640 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; 6641 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6642 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) 6643 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; 6644 } 6645 6646 haveto_redraw = TRUE; 6647 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6648 can_cindent = TRUE; 6649 #endif 6650 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ 6651 did_ai = FALSE; 6652 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6653 did_si = FALSE; 6654 can_si = FALSE; 6655 can_si_back = FALSE; 6656 #endif 6657 line_breakcheck(); 6658 } 6659 6660 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ 6661 pchar_cursor(save_char); 6662 6663 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6664 curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr; 6665 #endif 6666 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) 6667 { 6668 update_topline(); 6669 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 6670 } 6671 } 6672 6673 /* 6674 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the 6675 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. 6676 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. 6677 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be 6678 * saved here. 6679 */ 6680 void 6681 auto_format( 6682 int trailblank, /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ 6683 int prev_line) /* may start in previous line */ 6684 { 6685 pos_T pos; 6686 colnr_T len; 6687 char_u *old; 6688 char_u *new, *pnew; 6689 int wasatend; 6690 int cc; 6691 6692 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6693 return; 6694 6695 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 6696 old = ml_get_curline(); 6697 6698 /* may remove added space */ 6699 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6700 6701 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the 6702 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is 6703 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. 6704 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white 6705 * next they are not joined back together. */ 6706 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); 6707 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) 6708 { 6709 dec_cursor(); 6710 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6711 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 6712 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6713 dec_cursor(); 6714 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6715 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6716 { 6717 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6718 return; 6719 } 6720 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6721 } 6722 6723 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6724 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format 6725 * comments. */ 6726 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) 6727 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) 6728 return; 6729 #endif 6730 6731 /* 6732 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is 6733 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not 6734 * the start of a paragraph. 6735 */ 6736 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 6737 { 6738 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6739 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) 6740 return; 6741 } 6742 6743 /* 6744 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will 6745 * be adjusted for the text formatting. 6746 */ 6747 saved_cursor = pos; 6748 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); 6749 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; 6750 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; 6751 6752 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6753 { 6754 /* "cannot happen" */ 6755 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6756 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 6757 } 6758 else 6759 check_cursor_col(); 6760 6761 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it 6762 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we 6763 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph 6764 * formatted. */ 6765 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 6766 { 6767 new = ml_get_curline(); 6768 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); 6769 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) 6770 { 6771 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); 6772 pnew[len] = ' '; 6773 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; 6774 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); 6775 /* remove the space later */ 6776 did_add_space = TRUE; 6777 } 6778 else 6779 /* may remove added space */ 6780 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6781 } 6782 6783 check_cursor(); 6784 } 6785 6786 /* 6787 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, 6788 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert 6789 * position. 6790 */ 6791 static void 6792 check_auto_format( 6793 int end_insert) /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ 6794 { 6795 int c = ' '; 6796 int cc; 6797 6798 if (did_add_space) 6799 { 6800 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6801 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) 6802 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ 6803 did_add_space = FALSE; 6804 else 6805 { 6806 if (!end_insert) 6807 { 6808 inc_cursor(); 6809 c = gchar_cursor(); 6810 dec_cursor(); 6811 } 6812 if (c != NUL) 6813 { 6814 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ 6815 del_char(FALSE); 6816 did_add_space = FALSE; 6817 } 6818 } 6819 } 6820 } 6821 6822 /* 6823 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: 6824 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it 6825 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use curwin->w_width - 'wrapmargin' 6826 * if invalid value, use 0. 6827 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. 6828 */ 6829 int 6830 comp_textwidth( 6831 int ff) /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ 6832 { 6833 int textwidth; 6834 6835 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; 6836 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) 6837 { 6838 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the 6839 * things that add to the margin. */ 6840 textwidth = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm; 6841 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 6842 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 6843 textwidth -= 1; 6844 #endif 6845 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6846 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; 6847 #endif 6848 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6849 if (signcolumn_on(curwin)) 6850 textwidth -= 1; 6851 #endif 6852 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 6853 textwidth -= 8; 6854 } 6855 if (textwidth < 0) 6856 textwidth = 0; 6857 if (ff && textwidth == 0) 6858 { 6859 textwidth = curwin->w_width - 1; 6860 if (textwidth > 79) 6861 textwidth = 79; 6862 } 6863 return textwidth; 6864 } 6865 6866 /* 6867 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. 6868 */ 6869 static void 6870 redo_literal(int c) 6871 { 6872 char_u buf[10]; 6873 6874 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of 6875 * three digits. */ 6876 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) 6877 { 6878 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); 6879 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 6880 } 6881 else 6882 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6883 } 6884 6885 /* 6886 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. 6887 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. 6888 */ 6889 static void 6890 start_arrow( 6891 pos_T *end_insert_pos) /* can be NULL */ 6892 { 6893 start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, TRUE); 6894 } 6895 6896 /* 6897 * Like start_arrow() but with end_change argument. 6898 * Will prepare for redo of CTRL-G U if "end_change" is FALSE. 6899 */ 6900 static void 6901 start_arrow_with_change( 6902 pos_T *end_insert_pos, /* can be NULL */ 6903 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 6904 { 6905 start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, end_change); 6906 if (!end_change) 6907 { 6908 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_G); 6909 AppendCharToRedobuff('U'); 6910 } 6911 } 6912 6913 static void 6914 start_arrow_common( 6915 pos_T *end_insert_pos, /* can be NULL */ 6916 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 6917 { 6918 if (!arrow_used && end_change) /* something has been inserted */ 6919 { 6920 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); 6921 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE); 6922 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ 6923 } 6924 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6925 check_spell_redraw(); 6926 #endif 6927 } 6928 6929 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6930 /* 6931 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. 6932 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. 6933 */ 6934 static void 6935 check_spell_redraw(void) 6936 { 6937 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) 6938 { 6939 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; 6940 6941 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; 6942 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); 6943 } 6944 } 6945 6946 /* 6947 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly 6948 * spelled word, if there is one. 6949 */ 6950 static void 6951 spell_back_to_badword(void) 6952 { 6953 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6954 6955 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); 6956 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) 6957 start_arrow(&tpos); 6958 } 6959 #endif 6960 6961 /* 6962 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. 6963 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. 6964 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. 6965 */ 6966 int 6967 stop_arrow(void) 6968 { 6969 if (arrow_used) 6970 { 6971 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ 6972 if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo) 6973 /* Don't update the original insert position when moved to the 6974 * right, except when nothing was inserted yet. */ 6975 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; 6976 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 6977 6978 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6979 { 6980 arrow_used = FALSE; 6981 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6982 } 6983 6984 ai_col = 0; 6985 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6986 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6987 { 6988 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6989 vr_lines_changed = 1; 6990 } 6991 #endif 6992 ResetRedobuff(); 6993 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ 6994 new_insert_skip = 2; 6995 } 6996 else if (ins_need_undo) 6997 { 6998 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6999 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 7000 } 7001 7002 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7003 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ 7004 foldOpenCursor(); 7005 #endif 7006 7007 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); 7008 } 7009 7010 /* 7011 * Do a few things to stop inserting. 7012 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped 7013 * to another window/buffer. 7014 */ 7015 static void 7016 stop_insert( 7017 pos_T *end_insert_pos, 7018 int esc, /* called by ins_esc() */ 7019 int nomove) /* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */ 7020 { 7021 int cc; 7022 char_u *ptr; 7023 7024 stop_redo_ins(); 7025 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ 7026 7027 /* 7028 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. 7029 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, 7030 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". 7031 */ 7032 ptr = get_inserted(); 7033 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL 7034 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) 7035 { 7036 vim_free(last_insert); 7037 last_insert = ptr; 7038 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; 7039 } 7040 else 7041 vim_free(ptr); 7042 7043 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) 7044 { 7045 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an 7046 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending 7047 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something 7048 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ 7049 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 7050 { 7051 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7052 7053 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the 7054 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by 7055 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ 7056 cc = 'x'; 7057 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 7058 { 7059 dec_cursor(); 7060 cc = gchar_cursor(); 7061 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(cc)) 7062 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 7063 } 7064 7065 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); 7066 7067 if (VIM_ISWHITE(cc)) 7068 { 7069 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) 7070 inc_cursor(); 7071 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7072 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep 7073 * the "coladd". */ 7074 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL 7075 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum 7076 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) 7077 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; 7078 #endif 7079 } 7080 } 7081 7082 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ 7083 check_auto_format(TRUE); 7084 7085 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end 7086 * of the line, and put the cursor back. 7087 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. 7088 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text 7089 * got changed unexpectedly. */ 7090 if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL 7091 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) 7092 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7093 { 7094 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7095 7096 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; 7097 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ 7098 for (;;) 7099 { 7100 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 7101 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7102 cc = gchar_cursor(); 7103 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(cc)) 7104 break; 7105 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) 7106 break; /* should not happen */ 7107 } 7108 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) 7109 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 7110 else 7111 { 7112 /* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */ 7113 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7114 tpos.col++; 7115 if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL) 7116 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ 7117 } 7118 7119 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for 7120 * deleted characters. */ 7121 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 7122 { 7123 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 7124 7125 if (VIsual.col > len) 7126 { 7127 VIsual.col = len; 7128 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7129 VIsual.coladd = 0; 7130 #endif 7131 } 7132 } 7133 } 7134 } 7135 did_ai = FALSE; 7136 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 7137 did_si = FALSE; 7138 can_si = FALSE; 7139 can_si_back = FALSE; 7140 #endif 7141 7142 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are 7143 * now in a different buffer. */ 7144 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) 7145 { 7146 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; 7147 curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig; 7148 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; 7149 } 7150 } 7151 7152 /* 7153 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. 7154 * Used for the replace command. 7155 */ 7156 void 7157 set_last_insert(int c) 7158 { 7159 char_u *s; 7160 7161 vim_free(last_insert); 7162 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); 7163 if (last_insert != NULL) 7164 { 7165 s = last_insert; 7166 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ 7167 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) 7168 *s++ = Ctrl_V; 7169 s = add_char2buf(c, s); 7170 *s++ = ESC; 7171 *s++ = NUL; 7172 last_insert_skip = 0; 7173 } 7174 } 7175 7176 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 7177 void 7178 free_last_insert(void) 7179 { 7180 VIM_CLEAR(last_insert); 7181 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7182 VIM_CLEAR(compl_orig_text); 7183 # endif 7184 } 7185 #endif 7186 7187 /* 7188 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL 7189 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. 7190 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. 7191 */ 7192 char_u * 7193 add_char2buf(int c, char_u *s) 7194 { 7195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7196 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7197 int i; 7198 int len; 7199 7200 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); 7201 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 7202 { 7203 c = temp[i]; 7204 #endif 7205 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ 7206 if (c == K_SPECIAL) 7207 { 7208 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; 7209 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; 7210 *s++ = KE_FILLER; 7211 } 7212 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7213 else if (c == CSI) 7214 { 7215 *s++ = CSI; 7216 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; 7217 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; 7218 } 7219 #endif 7220 else 7221 *s++ = c; 7222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7223 } 7224 #endif 7225 return s; 7226 } 7227 7228 /* 7229 * move cursor to start of line 7230 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white 7231 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, 7232 * otherwise keep "curswant" column 7233 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. 7234 */ 7235 void 7236 beginline(int flags) 7237 { 7238 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) 7239 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7240 else 7241 { 7242 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 7243 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7244 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7245 #endif 7246 7247 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) 7248 { 7249 char_u *ptr; 7250 7251 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); VIM_ISWHITE(*ptr) 7252 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) 7253 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 7254 } 7255 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7256 } 7257 } 7258 7259 /* 7260 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up 7261 * 7262 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. 7263 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. 7264 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. 7265 */ 7266 7267 int 7268 oneright(void) 7269 { 7270 char_u *ptr; 7271 int l; 7272 7273 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7274 if (virtual_active()) 7275 { 7276 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7277 7278 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ 7279 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7280 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7281 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7282 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7283 # else 7284 *ptr 7285 # endif 7286 )) 7287 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); 7288 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7289 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ 7290 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col 7291 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; 7292 } 7293 #endif 7294 7295 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7296 if (*ptr == NUL) 7297 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ 7298 7299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7300 if (has_mbyte) 7301 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7302 else 7303 #endif 7304 l = 1; 7305 7306 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' 7307 * contains "onemore". */ 7308 if (ptr[l] == NUL 7309 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7310 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 7311 #endif 7312 ) 7313 return FAIL; 7314 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 7315 7316 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7317 return OK; 7318 } 7319 7320 int 7321 oneleft(void) 7322 { 7323 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7324 if (virtual_active()) 7325 { 7326 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 7327 int width; 7328 # endif 7329 int v = getviscol(); 7330 7331 if (v == 0) 7332 return FAIL; 7333 7334 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 7335 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ 7336 width = 1; 7337 for (;;) 7338 { 7339 coladvance(v - width); 7340 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty, 7341 * 'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte 7342 * characters */ 7343 if ((*p_sbr == NUL && !curwin->w_p_bri 7344 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7345 && !has_mbyte 7346 # endif 7347 ) || getviscol() < v) 7348 break; 7349 ++width; 7350 } 7351 # else 7352 coladvance(v - 1); 7353 # endif 7354 7355 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) 7356 { 7357 char_u *ptr; 7358 7359 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ 7360 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7361 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7362 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7363 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7364 # else 7365 *ptr 7366 # endif 7367 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) 7368 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7369 } 7370 7371 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7372 return OK; 7373 } 7374 #endif 7375 7376 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 7377 return FAIL; 7378 7379 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7380 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7381 7382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7383 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte 7384 * character, move to its first byte */ 7385 if (has_mbyte) 7386 mb_adjust_cursor(); 7387 #endif 7388 return OK; 7389 } 7390 7391 int 7392 cursor_up( 7393 long n, 7394 int upd_topline) /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7395 { 7396 linenr_T lnum; 7397 7398 if (n > 0) 7399 { 7400 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7401 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count 7402 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7403 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7404 return FAIL; 7405 if (n >= lnum) 7406 lnum = 1; 7407 else 7408 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7409 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7410 { 7411 /* 7412 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. 7413 */ 7414 /* go to the start of the current fold */ 7415 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7416 7417 while (n--) 7418 { 7419 /* move up one line */ 7420 --lnum; 7421 if (lnum <= 1) 7422 break; 7423 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in 7424 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open 7425 * in a moment. */ 7426 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) 7427 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7428 } 7429 if (lnum < 1) 7430 lnum = 1; 7431 } 7432 else 7433 #endif 7434 lnum -= n; 7435 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7436 } 7437 7438 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7439 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7440 7441 if (upd_topline) 7442 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7443 7444 return OK; 7445 } 7446 7447 /* 7448 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. 7449 */ 7450 int 7451 cursor_down( 7452 long n, 7453 int upd_topline) /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7454 { 7455 linenr_T lnum; 7456 7457 if (n > 0) 7458 { 7459 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7460 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7461 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ 7462 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); 7463 #endif 7464 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move 7465 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7466 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7467 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7468 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7469 return FAIL; 7470 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7471 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7472 else 7473 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7474 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7475 { 7476 linenr_T last; 7477 7478 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ 7479 while (n--) 7480 { 7481 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) 7482 lnum = last + 1; 7483 else 7484 ++lnum; 7485 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7486 break; 7487 } 7488 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7489 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7490 } 7491 else 7492 #endif 7493 lnum += n; 7494 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7495 } 7496 7497 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7498 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7499 7500 if (upd_topline) 7501 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7502 7503 return OK; 7504 } 7505 7506 /* 7507 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. 7508 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we 7509 * first have to remove the command. 7510 */ 7511 int 7512 stuff_inserted( 7513 int c, /* Command character to be inserted */ 7514 long count, /* Repeat this many times */ 7515 int no_esc) /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ 7516 { 7517 char_u *esc_ptr; 7518 char_u *ptr; 7519 char_u *last_ptr; 7520 char_u last = NUL; 7521 7522 ptr = get_last_insert(); 7523 if (ptr == NULL) 7524 { 7525 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); 7526 return FAIL; 7527 } 7528 7529 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ 7530 if (c != NUL) 7531 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 7532 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) 7533 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ 7534 7535 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC 7536 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" 7537 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo 7538 */ 7539 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; 7540 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') 7541 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) 7542 { 7543 last = *last_ptr; 7544 *last_ptr = NUL; 7545 } 7546 7547 do 7548 { 7549 stuffReadbuff(ptr); 7550 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ 7551 if (last) 7552 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' 7553 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") 7554 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); 7555 } 7556 while (--count > 0); 7557 7558 if (last) 7559 *last_ptr = last; 7560 7561 if (esc_ptr != NULL) 7562 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ 7563 7564 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ 7565 if (!no_esc) 7566 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); 7567 7568 return OK; 7569 } 7570 7571 char_u * 7572 get_last_insert(void) 7573 { 7574 if (last_insert == NULL) 7575 return NULL; 7576 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; 7577 } 7578 7579 /* 7580 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. 7581 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. 7582 */ 7583 char_u * 7584 get_last_insert_save(void) 7585 { 7586 char_u *s; 7587 int len; 7588 7589 if (last_insert == NULL) 7590 return NULL; 7591 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); 7592 if (s != NULL) 7593 { 7594 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 7595 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ 7596 s[len - 1] = NUL; 7597 } 7598 return s; 7599 } 7600 7601 /* 7602 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. 7603 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. 7604 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and 7605 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". 7606 */ 7607 static int 7608 echeck_abbr(int c) 7609 { 7610 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just 7611 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ 7612 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) 7613 return FALSE; 7614 7615 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, 7616 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); 7617 } 7618 7619 /* 7620 * replace-stack functions 7621 * 7622 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each 7623 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. 7624 * 7625 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is 7626 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL 7627 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. 7628 * 7629 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters 7630 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor 7631 * that were deleted (always white space). 7632 * 7633 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new 7634 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many 7635 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. 7636 */ 7637 7638 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; 7639 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ 7640 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ 7641 7642 void 7643 replace_push( 7644 int c) /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ 7645 { 7646 char_u *p; 7647 7648 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ 7649 return; 7650 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) 7651 { 7652 replace_stack_len += 50; 7653 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); 7654 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7655 { 7656 replace_stack_len -= 50; 7657 return; 7658 } 7659 if (replace_stack != NULL) 7660 { 7661 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, 7662 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); 7663 vim_free(replace_stack); 7664 } 7665 replace_stack = p; 7666 } 7667 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; 7668 if (replace_offset) 7669 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); 7670 *p = c; 7671 ++replace_stack_nr; 7672 } 7673 7674 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 7675 /* 7676 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in 7677 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. 7678 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). 7679 */ 7680 int 7681 replace_push_mb(char_u *p) 7682 { 7683 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 7684 int j; 7685 7686 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) 7687 replace_push(p[j]); 7688 return l; 7689 } 7690 #endif 7691 7692 /* 7693 * Pop one item from the replace stack. 7694 * return -1 if stack empty 7695 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise 7696 */ 7697 static int 7698 replace_pop(void) 7699 { 7700 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) 7701 return -1; 7702 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; 7703 } 7704 7705 /* 7706 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL 7707 * encountered. 7708 */ 7709 static void 7710 replace_join( 7711 int off) /* offset for which NUL to remove */ 7712 { 7713 int i; 7714 7715 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) 7716 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) 7717 { 7718 --replace_stack_nr; 7719 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, 7720 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); 7721 return; 7722 } 7723 } 7724 7725 /* 7726 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them 7727 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. 7728 */ 7729 static void 7730 replace_pop_ins(void) 7731 { 7732 int cc; 7733 int oldState = State; 7734 7735 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ 7736 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) 7737 { 7738 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7739 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 7740 #else 7741 ins_char(cc); 7742 #endif 7743 dec_cursor(); 7744 } 7745 State = oldState; 7746 } 7747 7748 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7749 /* 7750 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it 7751 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. 7752 */ 7753 static void 7754 mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc) 7755 { 7756 int n; 7757 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7758 int i; 7759 int c; 7760 7761 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) 7762 { 7763 buf[0] = cc; 7764 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7765 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7766 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7767 } 7768 else 7769 ins_char(cc); 7770 7771 if (enc_utf8) 7772 /* Handle composing chars. */ 7773 for (;;) 7774 { 7775 c = replace_pop(); 7776 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ 7777 break; 7778 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) 7779 { 7780 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ 7781 replace_push(c); 7782 break; 7783 } 7784 else 7785 { 7786 buf[0] = c; 7787 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7788 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7789 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) 7790 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7791 else 7792 { 7793 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ 7794 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) 7795 replace_push(buf[i]); 7796 break; 7797 } 7798 } 7799 } 7800 } 7801 #endif 7802 7803 /* 7804 * make the replace stack empty 7805 * (called when exiting replace mode) 7806 */ 7807 static void 7808 replace_flush(void) 7809 { 7810 VIM_CLEAR(replace_stack); 7811 replace_stack_len = 0; 7812 replace_stack_nr = 0; 7813 } 7814 7815 /* 7816 * Handle doing a BS for one character. 7817 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor 7818 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it 7819 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back 7820 * and check for more characters to be put back 7821 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when 7822 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). 7823 */ 7824 static void 7825 replace_do_bs(int limit_col) 7826 { 7827 int cc; 7828 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7829 int orig_len = 0; 7830 int ins_len; 7831 int orig_vcols = 0; 7832 colnr_T start_vcol; 7833 char_u *p; 7834 int i; 7835 int vcol; 7836 #endif 7837 7838 cc = replace_pop(); 7839 if (cc > 0) 7840 { 7841 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7842 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7843 { 7844 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are 7845 * going to delete. */ 7846 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); 7847 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); 7848 } 7849 #endif 7850 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7851 if (has_mbyte) 7852 { 7853 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7854 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7855 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7856 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 7857 # endif 7858 replace_push(cc); 7859 } 7860 else 7861 #endif 7862 { 7863 pchar_cursor(cc); 7864 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7865 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7866 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; 7867 #endif 7868 } 7869 replace_pop_ins(); 7870 7871 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7872 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7873 { 7874 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ 7875 p = ml_get_cursor(); 7876 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; 7877 vcol = start_vcol; 7878 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) 7879 { 7880 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); 7881 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7882 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; 7883 #endif 7884 } 7885 vcol -= start_vcol; 7886 7887 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the 7888 * text aligned. */ 7889 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; 7890 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') 7891 { 7892 del_char(FALSE); 7893 ++orig_vcols; 7894 } 7895 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; 7896 } 7897 #endif 7898 7899 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ 7900 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); 7901 } 7902 else if (cc == 0) 7903 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7904 } 7905 7906 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7907 /* 7908 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. 7909 */ 7910 static int 7911 cindent_on(void) 7912 { 7913 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin 7914 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7915 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL 7916 # endif 7917 )); 7918 } 7919 #endif 7920 7921 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) 7922 /* 7923 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the 7924 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very 7925 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. 7926 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. 7927 */ 7928 7929 void 7930 fixthisline(int (*get_the_indent)(void)) 7931 { 7932 int amount = get_the_indent(); 7933 7934 if (amount >= 0) 7935 { 7936 change_indent(INDENT_SET, amount, FALSE, 0, TRUE); 7937 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 7938 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ 7939 } 7940 } 7941 7942 void 7943 fix_indent(void) 7944 { 7945 if (p_paste) 7946 return; 7947 # ifdef FEAT_LISP 7948 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) 7949 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); 7950 # endif 7951 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) 7952 else 7953 # endif 7954 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7955 if (cindent_on()) 7956 do_c_expr_indent(); 7957 # endif 7958 } 7959 7960 #endif 7961 7962 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7963 /* 7964 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", 7965 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) 7966 * when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert) 7967 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) 7968 * 7969 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: 7970 * KEY_OPEN_FORW 7971 * KEY_OPEN_BACK 7972 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. 7973 * 7974 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. 7975 */ 7976 int 7977 in_cinkeys( 7978 int keytyped, 7979 int when, 7980 int line_is_empty) 7981 { 7982 char_u *look; 7983 int try_match; 7984 int try_match_word; 7985 char_u *p; 7986 char_u *line; 7987 int icase; 7988 int i; 7989 7990 if (keytyped == NUL) 7991 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ 7992 return FALSE; 7993 7994 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7995 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) 7996 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ 7997 else 7998 #endif 7999 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ 8000 while (*look) 8001 { 8002 /* 8003 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on 8004 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. 8005 */ 8006 switch (when) 8007 { 8008 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; 8009 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; 8010 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; 8011 } 8012 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') 8013 ++look; 8014 8015 /* 8016 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. 8017 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. 8018 */ 8019 if (*look == '0') 8020 { 8021 try_match_word = try_match; 8022 if (!line_is_empty) 8023 try_match = FALSE; 8024 ++look; 8025 } 8026 else 8027 try_match_word = FALSE; 8028 8029 /* 8030 * does it look like a control character? 8031 */ 8032 if (*look == '^' 8033 #ifdef EBCDIC 8034 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) 8035 #else 8036 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' 8037 #endif 8038 ) 8039 { 8040 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) 8041 return TRUE; 8042 look += 2; 8043 } 8044 /* 8045 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. 8046 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. 8047 */ 8048 else if (*look == 'o') 8049 { 8050 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) 8051 return TRUE; 8052 ++look; 8053 } 8054 else if (*look == 'O') 8055 { 8056 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) 8057 return TRUE; 8058 ++look; 8059 } 8060 8061 /* 8062 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the 8063 * cursor. 8064 */ 8065 else if (*look == 'e') 8066 { 8067 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) 8068 { 8069 p = ml_get_curline(); 8070 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && 8071 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) 8072 return TRUE; 8073 } 8074 ++look; 8075 } 8076 8077 /* 8078 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case 8079 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix 8080 * class::method for C++). 8081 */ 8082 else if (*look == ':') 8083 { 8084 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') 8085 { 8086 p = ml_get_curline(); 8087 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel()) 8088 return TRUE; 8089 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ 8090 p = ml_get_curline(); 8091 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 8092 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' 8093 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') 8094 { 8095 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; 8096 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 8097 || cin_islabel()); 8098 p = ml_get_curline(); 8099 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; 8100 if (i) 8101 return TRUE; 8102 } 8103 } 8104 ++look; 8105 } 8106 8107 8108 /* 8109 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? 8110 */ 8111 else if (*look == '<') 8112 { 8113 if (try_match) 8114 { 8115 /* 8116 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, 8117 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, 8118 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. 8119 */ 8120 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL 8121 && keytyped == look[1]) 8122 return TRUE; 8123 8124 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) 8125 return TRUE; 8126 } 8127 while (*look && *look != '>') 8128 look++; 8129 while (*look == '>') 8130 look++; 8131 } 8132 8133 /* 8134 * Is it a word: "=word"? 8135 */ 8136 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) 8137 { 8138 ++look; 8139 if (*look == '~') 8140 { 8141 icase = TRUE; 8142 ++look; 8143 } 8144 else 8145 icase = FALSE; 8146 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); 8147 if (p == NULL) 8148 p = look + STRLEN(look); 8149 if ((try_match || try_match_word) 8150 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) 8151 { 8152 int match = FALSE; 8153 8154 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8155 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) 8156 { 8157 char_u *s; 8158 8159 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". 8160 * search back for the start of a word. */ 8161 line = ml_get_curline(); 8162 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8163 if (has_mbyte) 8164 { 8165 char_u *n; 8166 8167 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) 8168 { 8169 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); 8170 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) 8171 break; 8172 } 8173 } 8174 else 8175 # endif 8176 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) 8177 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) 8178 break; 8179 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col 8180 && (icase 8181 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) 8182 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) 8183 match = TRUE; 8184 } 8185 else 8186 #endif 8187 /* TODO: multi-byte */ 8188 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 8189 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) 8190 { 8191 line = ml_get_cursor(); 8192 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) 8193 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) 8194 && (icase 8195 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) 8196 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) 8197 == 0) 8198 match = TRUE; 8199 } 8200 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) 8201 { 8202 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the 8203 * word. */ 8204 if (getwhitecols_curline() != 8205 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) 8206 match = FALSE; 8207 } 8208 if (match) 8209 return TRUE; 8210 } 8211 look = p; 8212 } 8213 8214 /* 8215 * ok, it's a boring generic character. 8216 */ 8217 else 8218 { 8219 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) 8220 return TRUE; 8221 if (*look != NUL) 8222 ++look; 8223 } 8224 8225 /* 8226 * Skip over ", ". 8227 */ 8228 look = skip_to_option_part(look); 8229 } 8230 return FALSE; 8231 } 8232 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 8233 8234 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 8235 /* 8236 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. 8237 */ 8238 int 8239 hkmap(int c) 8240 { 8241 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ 8242 { 8243 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, 8244 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, 8245 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; 8246 static char_u map[26] = 8247 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, 8248 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, 8249 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, 8250 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, 8251 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, 8252 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, 8253 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, 8254 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, 8255 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; 8256 8257 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') 8258 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); 8259 /* '-1'='sofit' */ 8260 else if (c == 'x') 8261 return 'X'; 8262 else if (c == 'q') 8263 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ 8264 else if (c == 246) 8265 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ 8266 else if (c == 228) 8267 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ 8268 else if (c == 252) 8269 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ 8270 #ifdef EBCDIC 8271 else if (islower(c)) 8272 #else 8273 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we 8274 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on 8275 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are 8276 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. 8277 */ 8278 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') 8279 #endif 8280 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); 8281 else 8282 return c; 8283 } 8284 else 8285 { 8286 switch (c) 8287 { 8288 case '`': return ';'; 8289 case '/': return '.'; 8290 case '\'': return ','; 8291 case 'q': return '/'; 8292 case 'w': return '\''; 8293 8294 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ 8295 case ',': c = '{'; break; 8296 case '.': c = 'v'; break; 8297 case ';': c = 't'; break; 8298 default: { 8299 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; 8300 8301 #ifdef EBCDIC 8302 /* see note about islower() above */ 8303 if (!islower(c)) 8304 #else 8305 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') 8306 #endif 8307 return c; 8308 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; 8309 break; 8310 } 8311 } 8312 8313 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); 8314 } 8315 } 8316 #endif 8317 8318 static void 8319 ins_reg(void) 8320 { 8321 int need_redraw = FALSE; 8322 int regname; 8323 int literally = 0; 8324 int vis_active = VIsual_active; 8325 8326 /* 8327 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. 8328 */ 8329 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 8330 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 8331 { 8332 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 8333 ins_redraw(FALSE); 8334 8335 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); 8336 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8337 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); 8338 #endif 8339 } 8340 8341 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 8342 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 8343 #endif 8344 8345 /* 8346 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be 8347 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8348 */ 8349 ++no_mapping; 8350 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8351 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8352 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) 8353 { 8354 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ 8355 literally = regname; 8356 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8357 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); 8358 #endif 8359 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8360 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8361 } 8362 --no_mapping; 8363 8364 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8365 /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error 8366 * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */ 8367 ++no_u_sync; 8368 if (regname == '=') 8369 { 8370 # ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD 8371 int im_on = im_get_status(); 8372 # endif 8373 /* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or 8374 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */ 8375 u_sync_once = 2; 8376 8377 regname = get_expr_register(); 8378 # ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD 8379 /* Restore the Input Method. */ 8380 if (im_on) 8381 im_set_active(TRUE); 8382 # endif 8383 } 8384 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) 8385 { 8386 vim_beep(BO_REG); 8387 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8388 } 8389 else 8390 { 8391 #endif 8392 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) 8393 { 8394 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ 8395 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); 8396 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); 8397 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); 8398 8399 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, 8400 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); 8401 } 8402 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) 8403 { 8404 vim_beep(BO_REG); 8405 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8406 } 8407 else if (stop_insert_mode) 8408 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that 8409 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't 8410 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ 8411 need_redraw = TRUE; 8412 8413 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8414 } 8415 --no_u_sync; 8416 if (u_sync_once == 1) 8417 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8418 u_sync_once = 0; 8419 #endif 8420 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8421 clear_showcmd(); 8422 #endif 8423 8424 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ 8425 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) 8426 edit_unputchar(); 8427 8428 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ 8429 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) 8430 end_visual_mode(); 8431 } 8432 8433 /* 8434 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. 8435 */ 8436 static void 8437 ins_ctrl_g(void) 8438 { 8439 int c; 8440 8441 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8442 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ 8443 setcursor(); 8444 #endif 8445 8446 /* 8447 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be 8448 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8449 */ 8450 ++no_mapping; 8451 c = plain_vgetc(); 8452 --no_mapping; 8453 switch (c) 8454 { 8455 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ 8456 case K_UP: 8457 case Ctrl_K: 8458 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); 8459 break; 8460 8461 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ 8462 case K_DOWN: 8463 case Ctrl_J: 8464 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); 8465 break; 8466 8467 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ 8468 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); 8469 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8470 8471 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins 8472 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ 8473 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; 8474 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 8475 break; 8476 8477 /* CTRL-G U: do not break undo with the next char */ 8478 case 'U': 8479 /* Allow one left/right cursor movement with the next char, 8480 * without breaking undo. */ 8481 dont_sync_undo = MAYBE; 8482 break; 8483 8484 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ 8485 default: vim_beep(BO_CTRLG); 8486 } 8487 } 8488 8489 /* 8490 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. 8491 */ 8492 static void 8493 ins_ctrl_hat(void) 8494 { 8495 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) 8496 { 8497 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ 8498 if (State & LANGMAP) 8499 { 8500 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8501 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8502 } 8503 else 8504 { 8505 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; 8506 State |= LANGMAP; 8507 #ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD 8508 im_set_active(FALSE); 8509 #endif 8510 } 8511 } 8512 #ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD 8513 else 8514 { 8515 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ 8516 if (im_get_status()) 8517 { 8518 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8519 im_set_active(FALSE); 8520 } 8521 else 8522 { 8523 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; 8524 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8525 im_set_active(TRUE); 8526 } 8527 } 8528 #endif 8529 set_iminsert_global(); 8530 showmode(); 8531 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8532 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ 8533 if (gui.in_use) 8534 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 8535 #endif 8536 #if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) 8537 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ 8538 status_redraw_curbuf(); 8539 #endif 8540 } 8541 8542 /* 8543 * Handle ESC in insert mode. 8544 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the 8545 * insert. 8546 */ 8547 static int 8548 ins_esc( 8549 long *count, 8550 int cmdchar, 8551 int nomove) /* don't move cursor */ 8552 { 8553 int temp; 8554 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8555 8556 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 8557 check_spell_redraw(); 8558 #endif 8559 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) 8560 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) 8561 hangul_input_state_set(0); 8562 # endif 8563 if (composing_hangul) 8564 { 8565 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); 8566 composing_hangul = 0; 8567 } 8568 #endif 8569 8570 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8571 if (disabled_redraw) 8572 { 8573 --RedrawingDisabled; 8574 disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8575 } 8576 if (!arrow_used) 8577 { 8578 /* 8579 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". 8580 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for 8581 * when "count" is non-zero. 8582 */ 8583 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 8584 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); 8585 8586 /* 8587 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for 8588 * interrupt now and then. 8589 */ 8590 if (*count > 0) 8591 { 8592 line_breakcheck(); 8593 if (got_int) 8594 *count = 0; 8595 } 8596 8597 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ 8598 { 8599 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ 8600 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) 8601 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; 8602 8603 (void)start_redo_ins(); 8604 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') 8605 stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ 8606 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8607 disabled_redraw = TRUE; 8608 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ 8609 } 8610 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove); 8611 undisplay_dollar(); 8612 } 8613 8614 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the 8615 * indent */ 8616 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) 8617 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 8618 8619 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ 8620 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) 8621 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; 8622 8623 /* 8624 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. 8625 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. 8626 */ 8627 if (!nomove 8628 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 8629 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8630 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 8631 #endif 8632 ) 8633 && (restart_edit == NUL 8634 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL && !VIsual_active)) 8635 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8636 && !revins_on 8637 #endif 8638 ) 8639 { 8640 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8641 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) 8642 { 8643 oneleft(); 8644 if (restart_edit != NUL) 8645 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8646 } 8647 else 8648 #endif 8649 { 8650 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8652 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ 8653 if (has_mbyte) 8654 mb_adjust_cursor(); 8655 #endif 8656 } 8657 } 8658 8659 #ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD 8660 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. 8661 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as 8662 * well). */ 8663 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) 8664 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); 8665 im_set_active(FALSE); 8666 #endif 8667 8668 State = NORMAL; 8669 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ 8670 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 8671 8672 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8673 setmouse(); 8674 #endif 8675 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8676 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8677 #endif 8678 if (!p_ek) 8679 /* Re-enable bracketed paste mode. */ 8680 out_str(T_BE); 8681 8682 /* 8683 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. 8684 * Otherwise remove the mode message. 8685 */ 8686 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) 8687 showmode(); 8688 else if (p_smd) 8689 MSG(""); 8690 8691 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ 8692 } 8693 8694 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8695 /* 8696 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. 8697 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. 8698 */ 8699 static void 8700 ins_ctrl_(void) 8701 { 8702 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) 8703 { 8704 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) 8705 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 8706 } 8707 p_ri = !p_ri; 8708 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 8709 if (revins_on) 8710 { 8711 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8712 revins_legal++; 8713 revins_chars = 0; 8714 undisplay_dollar(); 8715 } 8716 else 8717 revins_scol = -1; 8718 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8719 if (p_altkeymap) 8720 { 8721 /* 8722 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' 8723 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo 8724 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). 8725 */ 8726 arrow_used = TRUE; 8727 (void)stop_arrow(); 8728 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; 8729 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8730 State = INSERT; 8731 } 8732 else 8733 #endif 8734 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ 8735 showmode(); 8736 } 8737 #endif 8738 8739 /* 8740 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. 8741 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. 8742 */ 8743 static int 8744 ins_start_select(int c) 8745 { 8746 if (km_startsel) 8747 switch (c) 8748 { 8749 case K_KHOME: 8750 case K_KEND: 8751 case K_PAGEUP: 8752 case K_KPAGEUP: 8753 case K_PAGEDOWN: 8754 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 8755 # ifdef MACOS_X 8756 case K_LEFT: 8757 case K_RIGHT: 8758 case K_UP: 8759 case K_DOWN: 8760 case K_END: 8761 case K_HOME: 8762 # endif 8763 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) 8764 break; 8765 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 8766 case K_S_LEFT: 8767 case K_S_RIGHT: 8768 case K_S_UP: 8769 case K_S_DOWN: 8770 case K_S_END: 8771 case K_S_HOME: 8772 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with 8773 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ 8774 start_selection(); 8775 8776 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ 8777 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); 8778 if (mod_mask) 8779 { 8780 char_u buf[4]; 8781 8782 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; 8783 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; 8784 buf[2] = mod_mask; 8785 buf[3] = NUL; 8786 stuffReadbuff(buf); 8787 } 8788 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 8789 return TRUE; 8790 } 8791 return FALSE; 8792 } 8793 8794 /* 8795 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode. 8796 */ 8797 static void 8798 ins_insert(int replaceState) 8799 { 8800 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8801 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8802 { 8803 beep_flush(); 8804 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 8805 return; 8806 } 8807 #endif 8808 8809 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8810 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, 8811 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : 8812 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8813 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : 8814 # endif 8815 "r"), 1); 8816 # endif 8817 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8818 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8819 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); 8820 else 8821 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); 8822 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); 8823 showmode(); 8824 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8825 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8826 #endif 8827 } 8828 8829 /* 8830 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. 8831 */ 8832 static void 8833 ins_ctrl_o(void) 8834 { 8835 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8836 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8837 restart_edit = 'V'; 8838 else 8839 #endif 8840 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8841 restart_edit = 'R'; 8842 else 8843 restart_edit = 'I'; 8844 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8845 if (virtual_active()) 8846 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ 8847 else 8848 #endif 8849 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); 8850 } 8851 8852 /* 8853 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one 8854 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". 8855 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible 8856 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an 8857 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. 8858 */ 8859 static void 8860 ins_shift(int c, int lastc) 8861 { 8862 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8863 return; 8864 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8865 8866 /* 8867 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. 8868 */ 8869 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') 8870 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 8871 { 8872 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8873 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ 8874 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ 8875 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8876 replace_pop_ins(); 8877 if (lastc == '^') 8878 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ 8879 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8880 } 8881 else 8882 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8883 8884 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) 8885 did_ai = FALSE; 8886 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8887 did_si = FALSE; 8888 can_si = FALSE; 8889 can_si_back = FALSE; 8890 #endif 8891 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8892 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ 8893 #endif 8894 } 8895 8896 static void 8897 ins_del(void) 8898 { 8899 int temp; 8900 8901 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8902 return; 8903 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ 8904 { 8905 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8906 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ 8907 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 8908 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8909 else 8910 { 8911 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; 8912 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8913 /* Adjust orig_line_count in case more lines have been deleted than 8914 * have been added. That makes sure, that open_line() later 8915 * can access all buffer lines correctly */ 8916 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG && 8917 orig_line_count > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 8918 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 8919 #endif 8920 } 8921 } 8922 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ 8923 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8924 did_ai = FALSE; 8925 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8926 did_si = FALSE; 8927 can_si = FALSE; 8928 can_si_back = FALSE; 8929 #endif 8930 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); 8931 } 8932 8933 static void ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp); 8934 8935 /* 8936 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). 8937 */ 8938 static void 8939 ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp) 8940 { 8941 dec_cursor(); 8942 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); 8943 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8944 { 8945 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in 8946 * Replace mode */ 8947 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8948 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 8949 replace_do_bs(-1); 8950 } 8951 else 8952 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8953 } 8954 8955 /* 8956 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. 8957 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. 8958 */ 8959 static int 8960 ins_bs( 8961 int c, 8962 int mode, 8963 int *inserted_space_p) 8964 { 8965 linenr_T lnum; 8966 int cc; 8967 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ 8968 colnr_T save_col; 8969 colnr_T mincol; 8970 int did_backspace = FALSE; 8971 int in_indent; 8972 int oldState; 8973 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8974 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ 8975 #endif 8976 8977 /* 8978 * can't delete anything in an empty file 8979 * can't backup past first character in buffer 8980 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 8981 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 8982 */ 8983 if ( BUFEMPTY() 8984 || ( 8985 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8986 !revins_on && 8987 #endif 8988 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8989 || (!can_bs(BS_START) 8990 && (arrow_used 8991 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 8992 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col))) 8993 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 8994 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) 8995 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) 8996 { 8997 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8998 return FALSE; 8999 } 9000 9001 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9002 return FALSE; 9003 in_indent = inindent(0); 9004 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9005 if (in_indent) 9006 can_cindent = FALSE; 9007 #endif 9008 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 9009 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ 9010 #endif 9011 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9012 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ 9013 inc_cursor(); 9014 #endif 9015 9016 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9017 /* Virtualedit: 9018 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space 9019 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd 9020 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going 9021 */ 9022 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 9023 { 9024 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 9025 { 9026 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 9027 return TRUE; 9028 } 9029 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) 9030 { 9031 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9032 return TRUE; 9033 } 9034 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9035 } 9036 #endif 9037 9038 /* 9039 * Delete newline! 9040 */ 9041 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 9042 { 9043 lnum = Insstart.lnum; 9044 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 9045 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9046 || revins_on 9047 #endif 9048 ) 9049 { 9050 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), 9051 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 9052 return FALSE; 9053 --Insstart.lnum; 9054 Insstart.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(Insstart.lnum)); 9055 } 9056 /* 9057 * In replace mode: 9058 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it 9059 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back 9060 */ 9061 cc = -1; 9062 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9063 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ 9064 /* 9065 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the 9066 * cursor. 9067 */ 9068 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) 9069 { 9070 dec_cursor(); 9071 } 9072 else 9073 { 9074 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9075 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9076 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) 9077 #endif 9078 { 9079 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ 9080 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9081 9082 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at 9083 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken 9084 * again when auto-formatting. */ 9085 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) 9086 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 9087 { 9088 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 9089 TRUE); 9090 int len; 9091 9092 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 9093 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') 9094 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; 9095 } 9096 9097 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); 9098 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9099 inc_cursor(); 9100 } 9101 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9102 else 9103 dec_cursor(); 9104 #endif 9105 9106 /* 9107 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced 9108 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated 9109 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the 9110 * characters that NL replaced. 9111 */ 9112 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9113 { 9114 /* 9115 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to 9116 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and 9117 * avoiding showmatch(). 9118 */ 9119 oldState = State; 9120 State = NORMAL; 9121 /* 9122 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor 9123 */ 9124 while (cc > 0) 9125 { 9126 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9127 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9128 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 9129 #else 9130 ins_char(cc); 9131 #endif 9132 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 9133 cc = replace_pop(); 9134 } 9135 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ 9136 replace_pop_ins(); 9137 State = oldState; 9138 } 9139 } 9140 did_ai = FALSE; 9141 } 9142 else 9143 { 9144 /* 9145 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. 9146 */ 9147 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9148 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ 9149 dec_cursor(); 9150 #endif 9151 mincol = 0; 9152 /* keep indent */ 9153 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE 9154 && (curbuf->b_p_ai 9155 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9156 || cindent_on() 9157 #endif 9158 ) 9159 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9160 && !revins_on 9161 #endif 9162 ) 9163 { 9164 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9165 beginline(BL_WHITE); 9166 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) 9167 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9168 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 9169 } 9170 9171 /* 9172 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. 9173 */ 9174 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR 9175 && ((p_sta && in_indent) 9176 || (get_sts_value() != 0 9177 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 9178 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB 9179 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' 9180 && (!*inserted_space_p 9181 || arrow_used)))))) 9182 { 9183 int ts; 9184 colnr_T vcol; 9185 colnr_T want_vcol; 9186 colnr_T start_vcol; 9187 9188 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; 9189 if (p_sta && in_indent) 9190 ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); 9191 else 9192 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); 9193 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since 9194 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of 9195 * the previous character. */ 9196 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9197 start_vcol = vcol; 9198 dec_cursor(); 9199 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); 9200 inc_cursor(); 9201 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; 9202 9203 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ 9204 while (vcol > want_vcol 9205 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), VIM_ISWHITE(cc))) 9206 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 9207 9208 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ 9209 while (vcol < want_vcol) 9210 { 9211 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ 9212 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 9213 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) 9214 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9215 9216 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9217 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9218 ins_char(' '); 9219 else 9220 #endif 9221 { 9222 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9223 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 9224 replace_push(NUL); 9225 } 9226 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9227 } 9228 9229 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can 9230 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ 9231 if (vcol >= start_vcol) 9232 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 9233 } 9234 9235 /* 9236 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. 9237 */ 9238 else 9239 { 9240 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9241 int cclass = 0, prev_cclass = 0; 9242 9243 if (has_mbyte) 9244 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); 9245 #endif 9246 do 9247 { 9248 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9249 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ 9250 #endif 9251 dec_cursor(); 9252 9253 cc = gchar_cursor(); 9254 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9255 /* look multi-byte character class */ 9256 if (has_mbyte) 9257 { 9258 prev_cclass = cclass; 9259 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); 9260 } 9261 #endif 9262 9263 /* start of word? */ 9264 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(cc)) 9265 { 9266 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; 9267 temp = vim_iswordc(cc); 9268 } 9269 /* end of word? */ 9270 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 9271 && ((vim_isspace(cc) || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp) 9272 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9273 || prev_cclass != cclass 9274 #endif 9275 )) 9276 { 9277 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9278 if (!revins_on) 9279 #endif 9280 inc_cursor(); 9281 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9282 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9283 dec_cursor(); 9284 #endif 9285 break; 9286 } 9287 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9288 replace_do_bs(-1); 9289 else 9290 { 9291 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9292 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) 9293 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); 9294 #endif 9295 (void)del_char(FALSE); 9296 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9297 /* 9298 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set 9299 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base 9300 * character. 9301 */ 9302 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) 9303 inc_cursor(); 9304 #endif 9305 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9306 if (revins_chars) 9307 { 9308 revins_chars--; 9309 revins_legal++; 9310 } 9311 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 9312 break; 9313 #endif 9314 } 9315 /* Just a single backspace?: */ 9316 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 9317 break; 9318 } while ( 9319 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9320 revins_on || 9321 #endif 9322 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol 9323 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum 9324 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col))); 9325 } 9326 did_backspace = TRUE; 9327 } 9328 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9329 did_si = FALSE; 9330 can_si = FALSE; 9331 can_si_back = FALSE; 9332 #endif 9333 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) 9334 did_ai = FALSE; 9335 /* 9336 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo 9337 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal 9338 * with. 9339 */ 9340 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 9341 9342 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ 9343 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 9344 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) 9345 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9346 9347 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that 9348 * was there remains visible 9349 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that 9350 * was there is erased from the screen. 9351 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar 9352 * displayed even when there isn't. 9353 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ 9354 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) 9355 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 9356 9357 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9358 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. 9359 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white 9360 * char before a Tab. */ 9361 if (did_backspace) 9362 foldOpenCursor(); 9363 #endif 9364 9365 return did_backspace; 9366 } 9367 9368 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 9369 static void 9370 ins_mouse(int c) 9371 { 9372 pos_T tpos; 9373 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 9374 9375 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 9376 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ 9377 if (!gui.in_use) 9378 # endif 9379 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) 9380 return; 9381 9382 undisplay_dollar(); 9383 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9384 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) 9385 { 9386 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; 9387 9388 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) 9389 { 9390 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the 9391 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ 9392 curwin = old_curwin; 9393 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9394 } 9395 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); 9396 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) 9397 { 9398 curwin = new_curwin; 9399 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9400 } 9401 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9402 can_cindent = TRUE; 9403 # endif 9404 } 9405 9406 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ 9407 redraw_statuslines(); 9408 } 9409 9410 static void 9411 ins_mousescroll(int dir) 9412 { 9413 pos_T tpos; 9414 win_T *old_curwin = curwin, *wp; 9415 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9416 int did_scroll = FALSE; 9417 # endif 9418 9419 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9420 9421 if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) 9422 { 9423 int row, col; 9424 9425 row = mouse_row; 9426 col = mouse_col; 9427 9428 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ 9429 wp = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); 9430 if (wp == NULL) 9431 return; 9432 curwin = wp; 9433 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9434 } 9435 if (curwin == old_curwin) 9436 undisplay_dollar(); 9437 9438 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9439 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ 9440 if (!pum_visible() || curwin != old_curwin) 9441 # endif 9442 { 9443 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) 9444 { 9445 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9446 scroll_redraw(dir, 9447 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); 9448 else 9449 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); 9450 } 9451 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9452 else 9453 { 9454 int val, step = 6; 9455 9456 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9457 step = curwin->w_width; 9458 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); 9459 if (val < 0) 9460 val = 0; 9461 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); 9462 } 9463 #endif 9464 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9465 did_scroll = TRUE; 9466 # endif 9467 } 9468 9469 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9470 9471 curwin = old_curwin; 9472 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9473 9474 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9475 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. 9476 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are 9477 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ 9478 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) 9479 { 9480 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 9481 ins_compl_show_pum(); 9482 } 9483 # endif 9484 9485 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) 9486 { 9487 start_arrow(&tpos); 9488 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9489 can_cindent = TRUE; 9490 # endif 9491 } 9492 } 9493 #endif 9494 9495 /* 9496 * Handle receiving P_PS: start paste mode. Inserts the following text up to 9497 * P_PE literally. 9498 * When "drop" is TRUE then consume the text and drop it. 9499 */ 9500 int 9501 bracketed_paste(paste_mode_T mode, int drop, garray_T *gap) 9502 { 9503 int c; 9504 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN + MB_MAXBYTES]; 9505 int idx = 0; 9506 char_u *end = find_termcode((char_u *)"PE"); 9507 int ret_char = -1; 9508 int save_allow_keys = allow_keys; 9509 int save_paste = p_paste; 9510 int save_ai = curbuf->b_p_ai; 9511 9512 /* If the end code is too long we can't detect it, read everything. */ 9513 if (STRLEN(end) >= NUMBUFLEN) 9514 end = NULL; 9515 ++no_mapping; 9516 allow_keys = 0; 9517 p_paste = TRUE; 9518 curbuf->b_p_ai = FALSE; 9519 9520 for (;;) 9521 { 9522 /* When the end is not defined read everything. */ 9523 if (end == NULL && vpeekc() == NUL) 9524 break; 9525 c = plain_vgetc(); 9526 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9527 if (has_mbyte) 9528 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf + idx); 9529 else 9530 #endif 9531 buf[idx++] = c; 9532 buf[idx] = NUL; 9533 if (end != NULL && STRNCMP(buf, end, idx) == 0) 9534 { 9535 if (end[idx] == NUL) 9536 break; /* Found the end of paste code. */ 9537 continue; 9538 } 9539 if (!drop) 9540 { 9541 switch (mode) 9542 { 9543 case PASTE_CMDLINE: 9544 put_on_cmdline(buf, idx, TRUE); 9545 break; 9546 9547 case PASTE_EX: 9548 if (gap != NULL && ga_grow(gap, idx) == OK) 9549 { 9550 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, 9551 buf, (size_t)idx); 9552 gap->ga_len += idx; 9553 } 9554 break; 9555 9556 case PASTE_INSERT: 9557 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 9558 { 9559 c = buf[0]; 9560 if (idx == 1 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)) 9561 ins_eol(c); 9562 else 9563 { 9564 ins_char_bytes(buf, idx); 9565 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf, idx); 9566 } 9567 } 9568 break; 9569 9570 case PASTE_ONE_CHAR: 9571 if (ret_char == -1) 9572 { 9573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9574 if (has_mbyte) 9575 ret_char = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); 9576 else 9577 #endif 9578 ret_char = buf[0]; 9579 } 9580 break; 9581 } 9582 } 9583 idx = 0; 9584 } 9585 9586 --no_mapping; 9587 allow_keys = save_allow_keys; 9588 p_paste = save_paste; 9589 curbuf->b_p_ai = save_ai; 9590 9591 return ret_char; 9592 } 9593 9594 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 9595 static void 9596 ins_tabline(int c) 9597 { 9598 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ 9599 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE 9600 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) 9601 { 9602 undisplay_dollar(); 9603 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9604 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9605 can_cindent = TRUE; 9606 # endif 9607 } 9608 9609 if (c == K_TABLINE) 9610 goto_tabpage(current_tab); 9611 else 9612 { 9613 handle_tabmenu(); 9614 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ 9615 } 9616 } 9617 #endif 9618 9619 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 9620 void 9621 ins_scroll(void) 9622 { 9623 pos_T tpos; 9624 9625 undisplay_dollar(); 9626 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9627 if (gui_do_scroll()) 9628 { 9629 start_arrow(&tpos); 9630 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9631 can_cindent = TRUE; 9632 # endif 9633 } 9634 } 9635 9636 void 9637 ins_horscroll(void) 9638 { 9639 pos_T tpos; 9640 9641 undisplay_dollar(); 9642 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9643 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) 9644 { 9645 start_arrow(&tpos); 9646 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9647 can_cindent = TRUE; 9648 # endif 9649 } 9650 } 9651 #endif 9652 9653 static void 9654 ins_left( 9655 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 9656 { 9657 pos_T tpos; 9658 9659 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9660 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9661 foldOpenCursor(); 9662 #endif 9663 undisplay_dollar(); 9664 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9665 if (oneleft() == OK) 9666 { 9667 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 9668 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will 9669 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ 9670 if (p_imst == IM_OVER_THE_SPOT || !im_is_preediting()) 9671 #endif 9672 { 9673 start_arrow_with_change(&tpos, end_change); 9674 if (!end_change) 9675 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_LEFT); 9676 } 9677 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9678 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ 9679 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) 9680 revins_legal++; 9681 revins_chars++; 9682 #endif 9683 } 9684 9685 /* 9686 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to 9687 * previous line 9688 */ 9689 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9690 { 9691 /* always break undo when moving upwards/downwards, else undo may break */ 9692 start_arrow(&tpos); 9693 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 9694 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9695 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ 9696 } 9697 else 9698 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9699 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 9700 } 9701 9702 static void 9703 ins_home(int c) 9704 { 9705 pos_T tpos; 9706 9707 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9708 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9709 foldOpenCursor(); 9710 #endif 9711 undisplay_dollar(); 9712 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9713 if (c == K_C_HOME) 9714 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; 9715 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9716 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9717 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9718 #endif 9719 curwin->w_curswant = 0; 9720 start_arrow(&tpos); 9721 } 9722 9723 static void 9724 ins_end(int c) 9725 { 9726 pos_T tpos; 9727 9728 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9729 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9730 foldOpenCursor(); 9731 #endif 9732 undisplay_dollar(); 9733 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9734 if (c == K_C_END) 9735 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9736 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9737 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; 9738 9739 start_arrow(&tpos); 9740 } 9741 9742 static void 9743 ins_s_left(void) 9744 { 9745 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9746 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9747 foldOpenCursor(); 9748 #endif 9749 undisplay_dollar(); 9750 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9751 { 9752 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9753 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); 9754 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9755 } 9756 else 9757 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9758 } 9759 9760 static void 9761 ins_right( 9762 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 9763 { 9764 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9765 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9766 foldOpenCursor(); 9767 #endif 9768 undisplay_dollar(); 9769 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL 9770 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9771 || virtual_active() 9772 #endif 9773 ) 9774 { 9775 start_arrow_with_change(&curwin->w_cursor, end_change); 9776 if (!end_change) 9777 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_RIGHT); 9778 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9779 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9780 if (virtual_active()) 9781 oneright(); 9782 else 9783 #endif 9784 { 9785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9786 if (has_mbyte) 9787 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); 9788 else 9789 #endif 9790 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 9791 } 9792 9793 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9794 revins_legal++; 9795 if (revins_chars) 9796 revins_chars--; 9797 #endif 9798 } 9799 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the 9800 * cursor to the next line */ 9801 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL 9802 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9803 { 9804 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9805 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9806 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9807 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9808 } 9809 else 9810 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9811 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 9812 } 9813 9814 static void 9815 ins_s_right(void) 9816 { 9817 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9818 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9819 foldOpenCursor(); 9820 #endif 9821 undisplay_dollar(); 9822 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 9823 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9824 { 9825 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9826 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); 9827 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9828 } 9829 else 9830 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9831 } 9832 9833 static void 9834 ins_up( 9835 int startcol) /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9836 { 9837 pos_T tpos; 9838 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9839 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9840 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9841 #endif 9842 9843 undisplay_dollar(); 9844 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9845 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9846 { 9847 if (startcol) 9848 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9849 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9850 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9851 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9852 #endif 9853 ) 9854 redraw_later(VALID); 9855 start_arrow(&tpos); 9856 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9857 can_cindent = TRUE; 9858 #endif 9859 } 9860 else 9861 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9862 } 9863 9864 static void 9865 ins_pageup(void) 9866 { 9867 pos_T tpos; 9868 9869 undisplay_dollar(); 9870 9871 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9872 { 9873 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ 9874 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9875 { 9876 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9877 goto_tabpage(-1); 9878 } 9879 return; 9880 } 9881 9882 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9883 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) 9884 { 9885 start_arrow(&tpos); 9886 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9887 can_cindent = TRUE; 9888 #endif 9889 } 9890 else 9891 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9892 } 9893 9894 static void 9895 ins_down( 9896 int startcol) /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9897 { 9898 pos_T tpos; 9899 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9900 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9901 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9902 #endif 9903 9904 undisplay_dollar(); 9905 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9906 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9907 { 9908 if (startcol) 9909 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9910 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9911 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9912 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9913 #endif 9914 ) 9915 redraw_later(VALID); 9916 start_arrow(&tpos); 9917 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9918 can_cindent = TRUE; 9919 #endif 9920 } 9921 else 9922 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9923 } 9924 9925 static void 9926 ins_pagedown(void) 9927 { 9928 pos_T tpos; 9929 9930 undisplay_dollar(); 9931 9932 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9933 { 9934 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ 9935 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9936 { 9937 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9938 goto_tabpage(0); 9939 } 9940 return; 9941 } 9942 9943 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9944 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) 9945 { 9946 start_arrow(&tpos); 9947 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9948 can_cindent = TRUE; 9949 #endif 9950 } 9951 else 9952 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9953 } 9954 9955 #ifdef FEAT_DND 9956 static void 9957 ins_drop(void) 9958 { 9959 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); 9960 } 9961 #endif 9962 9963 /* 9964 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. 9965 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. 9966 */ 9967 static int 9968 ins_tab(void) 9969 { 9970 int ind; 9971 int i; 9972 int temp; 9973 9974 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 9975 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 9976 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) 9977 return FALSE; 9978 9979 ind = inindent(0); 9980 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9981 if (ind) 9982 can_cindent = FALSE; 9983 #endif 9984 9985 /* 9986 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character 9987 */ 9988 if (!curbuf->b_p_et 9989 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf)) 9990 && get_sts_value() == 0) 9991 return TRUE; 9992 9993 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9994 return TRUE; 9995 9996 did_ai = FALSE; 9997 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9998 did_si = FALSE; 9999 can_si = FALSE; 10000 can_si_back = FALSE; 10001 #endif 10002 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); 10003 10004 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ 10005 temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); 10006 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ 10007 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); 10008 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ 10009 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; 10010 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; 10011 10012 /* 10013 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in 10014 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any 10015 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. 10016 */ 10017 ins_char(' '); 10018 while (--temp > 0) 10019 { 10020 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10021 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10022 ins_char(' '); 10023 else 10024 #endif 10025 { 10026 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 10027 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ 10028 replace_push(NUL); 10029 } 10030 } 10031 10032 /* 10033 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. 10034 */ 10035 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) 10036 { 10037 char_u *ptr; 10038 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10039 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 10040 pos_T pos; 10041 #endif 10042 pos_T fpos; 10043 pos_T *cursor; 10044 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; 10045 int change_col = -1; 10046 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 10047 10048 /* 10049 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes 10050 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. 10051 */ 10052 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10053 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10054 { 10055 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10056 cursor = &pos; 10057 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 10058 if (saved_line == NULL) 10059 return FALSE; 10060 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; 10061 } 10062 else 10063 #endif 10064 { 10065 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 10066 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; 10067 } 10068 10069 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ 10070 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 10071 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 10072 10073 /* Find first white before the cursor */ 10074 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; 10075 while (fpos.col > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[-1])) 10076 { 10077 --fpos.col; 10078 --ptr; 10079 } 10080 10081 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ 10082 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10083 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum 10084 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 10085 { 10086 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; 10087 fpos.col = Insstart.col; 10088 } 10089 10090 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ 10091 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 10092 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); 10093 10094 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak' 10095 * and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ 10096 while (VIM_ISWHITE(*ptr)) 10097 { 10098 i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol); 10099 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) 10100 break; 10101 if (*ptr != TAB) 10102 { 10103 *ptr = TAB; 10104 if (change_col < 0) 10105 { 10106 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ 10107 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ 10108 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 10109 Insstart.col = fpos.col; 10110 } 10111 } 10112 ++fpos.col; 10113 ++ptr; 10114 vcol += i; 10115 } 10116 10117 if (change_col >= 0) 10118 { 10119 int repl_off = 0; 10120 char_u *line = ptr; 10121 10122 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ 10123 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') 10124 { 10125 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol); 10126 ++ptr; 10127 ++repl_off; 10128 } 10129 if (vcol > want_vcol) 10130 { 10131 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ 10132 --ptr; 10133 --repl_off; 10134 } 10135 fpos.col += repl_off; 10136 10137 /* Delete following spaces. */ 10138 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; 10139 if (i > 0) 10140 { 10141 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); 10142 /* correct replace stack. */ 10143 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10144 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10145 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10146 #endif 10147 ) 10148 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) 10149 replace_join(repl_off); 10150 } 10151 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 10152 if (netbeans_active()) 10153 { 10154 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); 10155 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 10156 (char_u *)"\t", 1); 10157 } 10158 #endif 10159 cursor->col -= i; 10160 10161 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10162 /* 10163 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by 10164 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new 10165 * spacing. 10166 */ 10167 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10168 { 10169 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ 10170 backspace_until_column(change_col); 10171 10172 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to 10173 * ptr-cursor */ 10174 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, 10175 cursor->col - change_col); 10176 } 10177 #endif 10178 } 10179 10180 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10181 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10182 vim_free(saved_line); 10183 #endif 10184 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; 10185 } 10186 10187 return FALSE; 10188 } 10189 10190 /* 10191 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. 10192 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. 10193 */ 10194 static int 10195 ins_eol(int c) 10196 { 10197 int i; 10198 10199 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) 10200 return FALSE; 10201 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 10202 return TRUE; 10203 undisplay_dollar(); 10204 10205 /* 10206 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the 10207 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, 10208 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. 10209 */ 10210 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10211 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10212 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10213 #endif 10214 ) 10215 replace_push(NUL); 10216 10217 /* 10218 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts 10219 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the 10220 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done 10221 * in open_line(). 10222 */ 10223 10224 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10225 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after 10226 * CTRL-O). */ 10227 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 10228 coladvance(getviscol()); 10229 #endif 10230 10231 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10232 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10233 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) 10234 fkmap(NL); 10235 # endif 10236 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of 10237 * current line. */ 10238 if (revins_on) 10239 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 10240 #endif 10241 10242 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); 10243 i = open_line(FORWARD, 10244 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 10245 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 10246 #endif 10247 0, old_indent); 10248 old_indent = 0; 10249 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 10250 can_cindent = TRUE; 10251 #endif 10252 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 10253 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ 10254 foldOpenCursor(); 10255 #endif 10256 10257 return (!i); 10258 } 10259 10260 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 10261 /* 10262 * Handle digraph in insert mode. 10263 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be 10264 * done. 10265 */ 10266 static int 10267 ins_digraph(void) 10268 { 10269 int c; 10270 int cc; 10271 int did_putchar = FALSE; 10272 10273 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 10274 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 10275 { 10276 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 10277 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10278 10279 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); 10280 did_putchar = TRUE; 10281 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10282 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); 10283 #endif 10284 } 10285 10286 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 10287 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 10288 #endif 10289 10290 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the 10291 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ 10292 ++no_mapping; 10293 ++allow_keys; 10294 c = plain_vgetc(); 10295 --no_mapping; 10296 --allow_keys; 10297 if (did_putchar) 10298 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next 10299 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ 10300 edit_unputchar(); 10301 10302 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ 10303 { 10304 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10305 clear_showcmd(); 10306 #endif 10307 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10308 return NUL; 10309 } 10310 if (c != ESC) 10311 { 10312 did_putchar = FALSE; 10313 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 10314 { 10315 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 10316 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10317 10318 if (char2cells(c) == 1) 10319 { 10320 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10321 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); 10322 did_putchar = TRUE; 10323 } 10324 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10325 add_to_showcmd_c(c); 10326 #endif 10327 } 10328 ++no_mapping; 10329 ++allow_keys; 10330 cc = plain_vgetc(); 10331 --no_mapping; 10332 --allow_keys; 10333 if (did_putchar) 10334 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the 10335 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ 10336 edit_unputchar(); 10337 if (cc != ESC) 10338 { 10339 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); 10340 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); 10341 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10342 clear_showcmd(); 10343 #endif 10344 return c; 10345 } 10346 } 10347 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10348 clear_showcmd(); 10349 #endif 10350 return NUL; 10351 } 10352 #endif 10353 10354 /* 10355 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. 10356 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. 10357 */ 10358 int 10359 ins_copychar(linenr_T lnum) 10360 { 10361 int c; 10362 int temp; 10363 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; 10364 char_u *line; 10365 10366 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10367 { 10368 vim_beep(BO_COPY); 10369 return NUL; 10370 } 10371 10372 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ 10373 temp = 0; 10374 line = ptr = ml_get(lnum); 10375 prev_ptr = ptr; 10376 validate_virtcol(); 10377 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) 10378 { 10379 prev_ptr = ptr; 10380 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp); 10381 } 10382 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) 10383 ptr = prev_ptr; 10384 10385 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10386 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); 10387 #else 10388 c = *ptr; 10389 #endif 10390 if (c == NUL) 10391 vim_beep(BO_COPY); 10392 return c; 10393 } 10394 10395 /* 10396 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. 10397 */ 10398 static int 10399 ins_ctrl_ey(int tc) 10400 { 10401 int c = tc; 10402 10403 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10404 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 10405 { 10406 if (c == Ctrl_Y) 10407 scrolldown_clamp(); 10408 else 10409 scrollup_clamp(); 10410 redraw_later(VALID); 10411 } 10412 else 10413 #endif 10414 { 10415 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); 10416 if (c != NUL) 10417 { 10418 long tw_save; 10419 10420 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it 10421 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' 10422 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a 10423 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ 10424 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) 10425 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 10426 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; 10427 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; 10428 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10429 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; 10430 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10431 revins_chars++; 10432 revins_legal++; 10433 #endif 10434 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ 10435 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 10436 } 10437 } 10438 return c; 10439 } 10440 10441 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 10442 /* 10443 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. 10444 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. 10445 */ 10446 static void 10447 ins_try_si(int c) 10448 { 10449 pos_T *pos, old_pos; 10450 char_u *ptr; 10451 int i; 10452 int temp; 10453 10454 /* 10455 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' 10456 */ 10457 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) 10458 { 10459 /* 10460 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' 10461 */ 10462 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) 10463 { 10464 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10465 /* 10466 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring 10467 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line 10468 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the 10469 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple 10470 * lines -- webb 10471 */ 10472 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); 10473 i = pos->col; 10474 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ 10475 while (--i > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[i])) 10476 ; 10477 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; 10478 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; 10479 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) 10480 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; 10481 i = get_indent(); 10482 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10483 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10484 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10485 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 10486 else 10487 #endif 10488 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); 10489 } 10490 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 10491 { 10492 /* 10493 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not 10494 * more than indent of previous line 10495 */ 10496 temp = TRUE; 10497 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10498 { 10499 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10500 i = get_indent(); 10501 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10502 { 10503 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); 10504 10505 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ 10506 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) 10507 break; 10508 } 10509 if (get_indent() >= i) 10510 temp = FALSE; 10511 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10512 } 10513 if (temp) 10514 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); 10515 } 10516 } 10517 10518 /* 10519 * set indent of '#' always to 0 10520 */ 10521 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') 10522 { 10523 /* remember current indent for next line */ 10524 old_indent = get_indent(); 10525 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); 10526 } 10527 10528 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ 10529 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) 10530 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 10531 } 10532 #endif 10533 10534 /* 10535 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. 10536 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. 10537 */ 10538 static colnr_T 10539 get_nolist_virtcol(void) 10540 { 10541 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 10542 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 10543 validate_virtcol(); 10544 return curwin->w_virtcol; 10545 } 10546 10547 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 10548 /* 10549 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. 10550 * "c" is the character that was typed. 10551 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. 10552 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". 10553 */ 10554 static char_u * 10555 do_insert_char_pre(int c) 10556 { 10557 char_u *res; 10558 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 10559 10560 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ 10561 if (!has_insertcharpre()) 10562 return NULL; 10563 10564 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10565 if (has_mbyte) 10566 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 10567 else 10568 # endif 10569 { 10570 buf[0] = c; 10571 buf[1] = NUL; 10572 } 10573 10574 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ 10575 ++textlock; 10576 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ 10577 10578 res = NULL; 10579 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) 10580 { 10581 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one 10582 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the 10583 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ 10584 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) 10585 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); 10586 } 10587 10588 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 10589 --textlock; 10590 10591 return res; 10592 } 10593 #endif 10594